Home

Nissan Z33-D Paint Sprayer User Manual

1. ccceessereeesen 1 42 Precautions Audio ODIO OM ea ceiatecccaicocstst eaccetatce es cerkceeeteeel 4 13 Braking precautions acces ceusesccereecencrenceeciedes 5 20 Child restraints ecwcesececeernsttcreasetepeenecerertecusentends 1 17 Cruise Control cossit caren ceetedscacepsartetacciencise 5 16 Maintenance ssssssssssssrrsrerrsneresuonesnnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnt 8 5 Seat belt USAC Snide neweneernen aia 1 10 Supplemental restraint system s s s 1 28 When starting and driving scctesesccesceecs ctevenccecccnaeet 5 2 alls alec 2 lg ac eeeeere erie neces nee nee neers 6 9 R Radio eee een eee meer nnn nee ee ere eC eee 4 12 Car phone or CB Adio cciererteeieens 4 30 FM AM radio with Compact Disc CD DAY Gl drair a radu nnadeetencecs 4 19 FM AM SAT radio with Compact Disc CD CHAM GC scesetscatcactseonesctcrecdeenecctelcsenatisceeitiness 4 23 Steering wheel audio Controls ssssssssseseeeees 4 29 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test US Only Seer eee eee eens eee 9 25 Rear HOOP DOX skrene ene R Er TAE E n TRER 2 36 Rear hatehienern nni ea A 3 9 Rear hatch OpenGtinsrensnanisarinra enn 3 9 Rear parcel WOK sssssssssssrssrsrnrisnssrenennsnennnrnnnnrnnnnesnennn 2 37 Rear power DOUM sxeecrecectceeat sie iGeancrentematetarecenny 2 32 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SV UTI Ds cen E E EEE 2 24 Rear window wiper and washer switch 2 23 Recorders Event data ccccsssssssessssessesesereeees 9 26 Registe
2. CAUTION Make sure the correct lifting and sup port points are used to avoid vehicle damage SDI1520A Engine oil and filter 1 Place a large drain pan under the drain plug 2 Remove the oil filler cap 3 Remove the drain plug with a wrench and completely drain the oil CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself as the engine oil is hot e Waste oil must be disposed of properly e Check your local regulations 4 Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench 2 Remove the oil filter by turning it by hand Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface with a clean rag Be sure to remove any old rubber gas ket remaining on the mounting surface of the engine Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oll Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a slight resistance is felt then tighten additionally more than 2 3 turn Oil filter tightening torque 11 to 15 ft lb 14 7 to 20 5 N m Clean and re install the drain plug and a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Drain plug tightening torque 22 to 29 ft lb 29 to 39 N m Do not use excessive force Refill engine with recommended oil and in stall the cap securely Maintenance and do it yourself 8 1 1 CAUTION The dipstick must be inserted in place to prevent oil spillage from the dipstick hole while filling the engine with oil See Capacities and recommended fuel lubri
3. Use this position for all normal forward driving m4 4th For driving up or down long slopes where engine braking would be advantageous uo 3rd and m2 2nd Use for hill climbing or engine braking on down hill grades ul 1st Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or driving slowly through deep snow sand or mud or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades e Remember not to drive at high speeds for extended periods of time in lower than m4 range This reduces fuel economy e When shifting up move the selector lever to the up side Shifts to higher range Starting and driving 5 11 e When shifting down move the selector lever to the down side Shifts to lower range e Moving the selector lever to the same side twice will shift the ranges in succession However if this motion is rapidly done the second shifting may not be completed prop erly e In the manual shift mode the transmis sion automatically shifts down to 1st gear before the vehicle comes to a stop When accelerating again it is necessary to shift up to the desired range e When canceling the manual shift mode re turn the selector lever to the D position The transmission returns to the normal driving mode e In the manual shift mode the transmis sion may not shift to the selected gear This helps maintain driving performance and reduces the chance of vehicle dam age or loss of control Acc
4. supplemental side air bag if so equipped and curtain side impact air bag if so equipped for Coupe models systems and pre tensioner seat belt The circuits monitored by the air bag warn ing light are the diagnosis sensor unit crash zone sensor satellite sensors front air bag modules side air bag modules curtain side impact air bag modules pre tensioner seat belt and all related wiring Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 43 After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illumi nates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag systems and pre tensioner seat belt need servicing e The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds e The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently e The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the supplemental front air bags supplemental side air bags curtain side impact air bags and or pre tensioner seat belt may not operate properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to a NISSAN dealer 4A WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the supplemental front air bag supple
5. CLOCK The digital clock in the audio unit displays time when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position If the battery cable is disconnected the clock will reset its time and the correct time will not be indicated Readjust the time ADJUSTING THE TIME Adjust the time in the following steps 1 Switch the display to the clock adjusting mode Type A audio with 1 CD player Push and hold the DISP Clock button A until the clock display starts to flash Type B audio with 6 CD changer Push and hold the RPT button until the clock display starts to flash Push the SEEK TRACK button FR YY to adjust the hour Push the TUNE button A w to adjust the Instruments and controls 2 31 minute Pushing the JAC or A side will advance the time and the or vy side will turn back the time 3 Push the DISP button Type A or RPT button Type B to finish the adjustment Resetting Type A audio with 1 CD player Push the DISP A and TUNE buttons Type B audio with 6 CD changer Push the RPT 8 and TUNE buttons The time will be set to a time signal For example if these buttons are pushed while the time is between 8 00 and 8 29 the display will be reset to 8 00 If pushed while it is between 8 30 and 8 59 the display will be reset to 9 00 At the same time the display will return to the previous audio mode 2 32 Instruments and controls POWER OUTLET
6. SUNGLASSES HOLDER Coupe models The sunglasses holder can be opened by push ing the button A WARNING e The sunglasses holder should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to prevent an accident 2 34 Instruments and controls CAUTION e Do not use for anything other than glasses e Do not leave sunglasses in the sun glasses holder while parking in direct sunlight The heat may damage the sunglasses CARGO NET The net located under the instrument panel passenger s side can be used to hold small objects The net can be removed when necessary WARNING e Do not place sharp objects in the net Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury when the vehicle is moving or if the vehicle is involved in a collision e The cargo restrained in the net must not exceed 4 Ib 2 kg or the net may not stay secured CUP HOLDERS WARNING The cup holder should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Front Soft bottle holder To open the cup holder slide the lid 4 1N AUTION A CAUTION Install the partition plate into the slit 2 CAUTIO e Avoid abrupt starting and braking e Donotuse bottle holder for any other when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your pas senger e Us
7. The spark ignition system of this vehicle meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regula tions WHEELS AND TIRES DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Road wheel Vehicle body Coupe Roadster Model Offset a Overall length in mm 169 8 4 314 169 8 4 314 Front o 18x 8JJ 1 18 30 Overall width in mm 71 5 1 815 71 5 1 815 18 x 8 1 2JJ 1 30 33 Overall hei ght in mm 52 1 1 323 52 5 1 333 Coupe Aluminum 18 x JJ 118 30 19 x 10JJ 1 18 30 Front tread in mm 60 5 1 536 60 5 1 536 Front 18 x BJ 1 18 30 60 6 1 540 1 Tire Wheelbase in mm 104 3 2 650 104 3 2 650 Vode Pressure COLD Groce vehicle welght rating 225 45R18 91W __ 240 kPa 35 psi GVWR Ib kg Gomene PE Rear 245 45R18 96W 240 kPa 35 psi Coupe 245 40R18 93W 240 kPa 35 psi Gross axle weight rating See the F M V S S or ee cer ana 265 35R19 94W 240 kPa 35 psi GAWR ae label on the driver s side e ee T145 80D17 107M 420 kPa 60 psi Front Ib kg a aes Road manorial Front Front 225 45R1 8 91W 240 kPa 35 psi Ha Rear 245 45R18 96W 240 kPa 35 psi Rear Ib kg ster Spare T145 80D17 107M 420 kPa 60 psi 1 For model with 245 45R 18 tires For option 2 For model with 265 35R 19 tires Technical and consumer information 9 9 WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to travel in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is
8. BALANCE Press the AUDIO button to change the selecting mode as follows BASS TREBLE FADE BALANCE To adjust Bass Treble Fader and Balance push Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 19 the AUDIO button until the desired mode BASS TREBLE FADER or BALANCE ap pears in the display Push the TUNE W N orSEEK Y A_ button to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired level Use the TUNE or SEEK button also to adjust Fader or Balance modes Fader adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers After 10 seconds the radio or CD display reappears Once the sound quality is set to the desired level push the AUDIO button repeatedly until the radio or CD display appears MUTE MUTE button Push the MUTE button to mute the audio sound Push the MUTE button again to release the mute DISPLAY CHANGE Push the DISP button for more than 1 5 seconds to adjust the digital clock display See Clock in the 2 Instruments and controls section for the clock adjustment operation When the DISP button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is being played the display will show the CD play time FM AM radio operation RADIO RADIO FM AM band select Pushing the RADIO band select button will change the band as follows AM gt FM1 FM2 gt AM When RADIO band select button
9. Foreword Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you under stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties cov ering your vehicle The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your ve hicle Additionally a separate Customer Care Lemon Law Booklet U S only will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any questions we will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to us READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle please read your Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure familiarity with controls and main tenance requirements assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle WARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMA TION REMINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers NEVER drive under the influence of alcohol or dr
10. Front The power outlet is for powering electrical ac cessories such as cellular telephones CAUTION e The outlet and plug may be hot dur ing or immediately after use e This power outlet is not designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit e Do not use accessories that exceed a combined power draw of 12 volt 120W 10A for both the front and Rear rear power outlets Do not use double adapters or more than one accessory with a single power outlet Use power outlet with the engine running to avoid discharging the ve hicle battery Avoid using power outlets when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure to turn off the power switch of electrical accessory being used or the ACC power of the vehicle Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal tem perature fuse may open Do not allow water to contact the outlet When not in use be sure to close the lid STORAGE e Keep the pocket lid closed while driv ing to help prevent injury in an acci dent or a sudden stop INSTRUMENT POCKET except for navigation system equipped models To open the lid push the knob up 1 To close pull the lid down 2 WARNING e The instrument pocket should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Instruments and controls 2 33
11. WARNING e Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instru ment panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause in jury if the supplemental front air bag inflates Do not place objects with sharp edges on the seat Also do not place heavy objects on the seat that will leave permanent impressions in the seat Such objects can damage the seat or occupant classification sen sor pattern sensor This can affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can damage the seat or occupant classification sensor This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or dam age to the supplemental air bag sys tem Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspension system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tampering with the supplemental front air b
12. e when the seatback is moved with the soft top open close operation When this interruption occurs you cannot move the seatback backward from the stopped posi tion with the power seatback tilt switch Use the reclining switch on the seat cushion to select the seatback position 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Seatback tilt cancel switch When the seatback tilt cancel switch is pushed to the CANCEL position the tilting reclining operation using the power seat back tilt switch will be cancelled Only the sliding reclining switches located on the seat cushion are operational Push the seatback tilt cancel switch to the AUTO position to reactivate the power seatback tilt switch This cancel switch is linked with the automatic passenger seatback tilt function of the soft top operation See Soft top in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section CAUTION When a child restraint is installed in the passenger seat be sure to turn the seat back tilt cancel switch to the CANCEL position Otherwise the child restraint may be damaged HEAD RESTRAINT ADJUSTMENT To raise the head restraint just pull it up To lower push the lock knob A and push the head restraint down The ventilated net seats if so equipped for Roadster models have non adjustable head restraints SSS0178A Adjust the head restraints so the center is level with the center of your
13. 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 80 ft lb 108 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each lubrication interval Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver s side center pillar For models equipped with the tire pressure monitoring system TPMS After adjusting tire pressure to the COLD tire pressure the display of the tire pressure infor mation may show higher pressure than the COLD tire pressure after the vehicle has been driven more than 1 mile 1 6 km This is because the tire pressurizes as the tire temperature rises This does not indicate a system malfunction Stowing the damaged tire and tools Securely store the spare tire and jacking equip ment in the vehicle JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be 12 volts Use of an improperly rated followed battery can damage your vehicle WARNING e Always make sure that the spare tire e Whenever working on or near a bat and jacking equipment are properly
14. It is generally desirable not to turn off A WARNING the headlights for short intervals for example when the vehicle stops at a AX HIGH VOLTAGE traffic signal Even when the daytime running lights are active Canada only the xenon headlights do not turn on e When xenon headlights are on they This way the life of the xenon headlights produce a high voltage To prevent an is not reduced electric shock never attempt to modify or disassemble Always have e If the xenon headlight bulb is close to i y burning out the brightness will drasti your xenon headlights replaced at a cally decrease the light will start blink NISSAN dealer ing or the color of the light will become e Xenon headlights provide consider reddish If one or more of the above ably more light than conventional signs appear contact a NISSAN dealer HEADLIGHT SWITCH headlights If they are not correctly aimed they might temporarily blind an oncoming driver or the driver 4 Turn the switch to the paz position ahead of you and cause a serious accident If headlights are not aimed correctly immediately take your ve Bi hicle to a NISSAN dealer and have 2 Turn the switch to the ZC position the headlights adjusted correctly Headlights will come on and all the other lights remain on SIC3291 Lighting The front park side marker tail license plate and instrument lights will come on When the xenon headlight is initially turned on its brightness
15. This automatic seatback movement will be stopped e When the passenger seat sliding or reclining switch on the seat cushion is operated e When the power seatback tilt switch on the seatback is operated e When the seatback tilt cancel switch is turned to the CANCEL position Remove your hand from the soft top operating switch and push it again to resume operation The passenger seatback will start tilting forward again from the present position and the soft top will start opening or closing If the top movement is interrupted at this time the next time you resume top operation the seatback will first tilt forward from the present position then the top will start moving again If you need to cancel this function or when a child restraint is installed in the passenger seat push the seatback tilt cancel switch to the CANCEL position For the seatback tilt cancel switch see Tilting and reclining passenger s seat from driver s seat in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restrain sys tem section If the seatback tilt cancel switch is in the CAN Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 CEL position and the passenger seat Is occu pied ask the passenger to sit forward when the top is being opened or closed Automatic window lowering When the soft top operating switch is pressed the power windows will automatically be low ered completely The windows do not rise auto matically after
16. To make the up shift indicator not come on set the figure at above 7 600 rpm There may be a slight difference between the timing of the up shift indicator illumi nation and the tachometer indication Suggested up shift speeds Shown below are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear These suggestions relate to fuel economy and vehicle performance Actual up shift speeds will vary according to road conditions the weather and individual driv ing habits For normal acceleration in low altitude areas less than 4 000 ft 1 219 m Gear change MPH km h 1st to 2nd 8 13 2nd to 3rd 16 26 3rd to 4th 25 40 Ath to 5th 30 50 5th to 6th 33 53 For quick acceleration in low altitude areas or in high altitude areas over 4 000 ft 1 219 m Gear change MPH km h 1st to 2nd 15 24 2nd to 3rd 25 40 3rd to 4th 40 64 Ath to 5th 45 72 5th to 6th 50 80 PARKING BRAKE 4 Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out WARNING Suggested maximum speed in each gear Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly or if you need to accelerate Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed shown below in any gear For level road driving use the highest gear suggested for that speed Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road conditions which will ensure safe operation Do not over rev the en gine when shifting to a lower gear as it may
17. WARNING e Your brake system may not be work ing properly if the warning light is on Driving could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service station for re pairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driving it could be dangerous e Pressing the brake pedal with the engine stopped and or a low brake fluid level may increase your stop ping distance and braking will re quire greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel e If the brake fluid level is below the MINIMUM or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at a NISSAN dealer 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by a NISSAN dealer Anti lock brake system warning indicator When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficient if both the brake warning light and the anti lock brake warning light illuminate it may indicate the anti lock brake system is not functioning properly Have the brake system checked by a NISSAN dealer See Anti lock brake warning light earlier in this section Charge warning light If the light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate that the charging system is not functioning properly Turn the engine off and check the alternator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see a NISSAN dealer immediately CAUTION Do not continue drivin
18. When the indicator light flashes rapidly both but tons may be released The rapidly flashing light indicates successful programming To activate the garage door or other pro grammed device press and hold the pro grammed HomeLink button releasing when the device begins to activate 5 If the indicator light on the HomeLink blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns solid HomeLink has picked up a rolling code garage door opener signal You will need to proceed with the next steps to train the HomeLink to complete the programming which may require a ladder and another person for convenience 6 Press and release the training button located on the garage door opener s motor to acti vate the training mode This button is usu ally located near the antenna wire that hangs down from the motor If the wire originates from under a light lens you will need to remove the lens to access the training button NOTE Once you have pressed and released the training button on the garage door open er s motor and the training light is lit you have 30 seconds in which to perform step 7 Use the help of a second person for convenience to assist when performing this step 7 Quickly within 30 seconds of pressing and releasing the garage door opener program button firmly press and release the HomeLink button you ve just programmed Press and release the HomeLink button up to three times to complete
19. When checking or replacement is required we recommend a NISSAN dealer for servicing CAUTION e Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF Do not mix with other fluids e Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in drive ability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the auto matic transmission which is not cov ered by the NISSAN new vehicle lim ited warranty The specified automatic transmission fluid is also described on caution labels located in the engine compartment POWER STEERING FLUID BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID For additional brake and clutch fluid information A CAUTION refer to Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and consumer e Do not overfill information section of this manual e Recommended fluid is Genuine A WARNING HOT MAX 7 re NISSAN PSF or equivalent Ory rT ad Use only new fluid Old inferior or con ner i Da ee COLD MIN taminated fluid may damage the brake system Do not add synthetic brake fluid The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system and affect the vehicle s stopping ability Check the fluid level in the reservoir tank The fluid level should be checked using the HOT A CAUTION range at fluid temperatures of 122 176 F 50 80 C or using the COLD range at fluid tem Do not spill the fluid on any painted peratures of 32 86 F 0 30 C surfaces This will d
20. by the supplemental front air bag ina crash and could seriously injure or kill your child If you must install a forward facing child restraint in the front passenger seat move the passenger seat to the rearmost position Also be sure the front passenger air bag status light is illuminated to indicate the passenger air bag is OFF See Front passenger air bag and status light in this sec tion for details 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e The three point seat belt in your ve hicle is equipped with an automatic locking mode retractor which must be used when installing a child re straint e Failure to use the retractor s locking mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The re straint could tip over or otherwise be unsecured and cause injury to the child in a sudden stop or collision CAUTION Turn off the automatic passenger seat back tilt function by turning the seat back tilt cancel switch to the CANCEL position Roadster models essary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct child restraint fit See Head restraint adjustment earlier in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the child restraint is removed If the seating position does not 4 M t l l illy heck try a different child restraint have an adjustable head restraint and it
21. customers Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canadian customers Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information 0 Illustrated table of contents Air bags seat belts and child restraints 0 2 Passenger compartment s s ssssssssrsrsrsersisrsnsresnsnsnensnnsnsnnnnnns 0 6 EON ONT eip ers aie Me nnr metry eee rere see 0 3 Coupe Models ccicriccecctariinrgtoteniom eee 0 6 Exterior Cote ee men een ee nek nnn nee Perr eee eee ee 0 4 Roadster models s s sssssssssssssrsrsrsensnsusnsnnunsnnurnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnna 0 8 Co pe MODES ccsccaiensssnscctcenmncndsmasamaraennnes 0 4 insirum nt panel sssaaa 0 10 Roadster TOC Cl S sisena 0 5 Engine compari Ment asisas 0 11 AIR BAGS SEAT BELTS AND CHILD RESTRAINTS O 2 Illustrated table of contents Supplemental front impact air bags Page 1 28 Supplemental curtain side impact air bags P 1 28 3 Seat belts P 1 1
22. e Pull up the storage lid from the left and right side of vehicle by hand 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA1734 Right side 3 Close the soft top a Remove the harness connectors of the top motor F right side of the vehicle and H left side CAUTION Two harness connectors are installed on the right side and three on the left side as shown Only the harness connectors F and should be removed Do not remove the other harness connectors and Q SPA1708 Left side b A person on each side of the vehicle should slowly pull the top to the closed position c Latch the front edge of the top to the vehicle body with the top latch lever 4 Push the storage lid down to the vehicle body panel and close it Listen for locking sounds from both right and left sides of the lid Lower the rear section of the top Remove the shock absorber K which sup ports the rear section of the top from the vehicle body Both the left and right side must be removed the figure above shows the left side To remove the shock absorber remove the holder L on the terminal part using a flat bladed screwdriver W CAUTION When the shock absorber is removed the rear section of the top loses support Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 21 and falls simultaneously Support the top by hand so it does not strike the body b Lower the rear part of the top and push it ont
23. is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving e The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure e Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Low outside tem perature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate If the warning light illuminates in low ambient tem perature check the tire pressure for all four tires e You can also check the pressure of all tires except the spare tire on the trip computer The order of the tire pressure figures dis played on the screen does not correspond with the actual order of the tire position See Trip computer in the 2 Instruments and controls section For additional information see Low tire pres sure warning light in the 2 Instruments and controls section and Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS in the 6 In case of emergency section WARNING e If the l
24. normal range A when the gauge needle points within the zone shown in the illustration The engine coolant temperature will vary with the outside air temperature and driving conditions 2 6 Instruments and controls CAUTION If the gauge indicates engine coolant temperature near the hot H end of the normal range reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature If the gauge is over the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as Safely possible If the engine is overheated continued operation of the vehicle may seriously damage the engine See If your vehicle overheats in the 6 In case of emergency section for immediate action required FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up or down hill The gauge needle is designed to move to the E Empty position when the ignition key is turned to the OFF position Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis ters the E Empty position The low fuel warning light comes on when the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the gauge reaches the E position There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches the E position The i gt indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the passenger s side of the vehicle CAUTION e If the vehicle runs out of fuel the ENGNE malf
25. suitable for your vehicle s engine Using fuel with too low an octane rating may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded engine gaso line Therefore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis sion control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district there fore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into an other country state province or district and registered its modifications transpor tation and registration are the responsibil ity of the user NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result 9 10 Technical and consumer information VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION ST10320 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number plate is at tached as shown This number ts the identifica tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration ST10321 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER chassis number The number is stamped as shown ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown F M V S S C M V S S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards F M V S S or Canadia
26. wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands as shown above Remove the wheel nuts and then remove the tire In case of emergency 6 5 Installing the spare tire The spare tire is designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires in the 8 Main tenance and do it yourself section 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface between the wheel and hub 2 Carefully put the wheel on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight When replacing a front tire make sure the hole in the spare tire wheel is aligned with the pin on the brake rotor 3 With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel 6 6 In case of emergency nuts alternately and evenly in the sequence illustrated 1 5 until they are tight 4 Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the se quence as illustrated Lower the vehicle com pletely WARNING e Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident e Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose e Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles
27. 1 6 km at mod erate speeds Incorrect tire pressure including un der inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling also result in failure of other vehicle components WARNING e Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an acci dent The Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing GVWR is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label The vehicle weight capacity is indi cated on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not load your vehicle beyond this capac ity Overloading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operating conditions due to premature tire failure or unfavorable handling charac teristics and could also lead to a serious accident Loading be yond the specified capacity may Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level Do not drive your vehicle over 85 MPH 137 km h unless it is equipped with high speed rated tires Driving faster than 85 MPH 137 km h may result in tire failure loss of control and possible injury For additional information re garding tires refer to Impor tant Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 pa TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION TIRE ORIGINAL SIZE COLD TIRE PRESSURE X PNEU ET INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT
28. 5 Settings gt Display N D e erms N om A Ce j A Display settings The following menu will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting Display key and pushing the ENTER button Display To turn off the screen select the Display key and push the ENTER button to turn off the ON indicator When any mode button is pushed with the screen off the screen turns on for further operation The screen will turn off automatically 5 seconds after the operation is finished on the map display To turn on the screen select the Display key and turn on the ON indicator Brightness Contrast Background Color To adjust the brightness and contrast of the screen select the Brightness or Contrast key and push the ENTER button Then you can adjust the brightness to darker or brighter and the contrast to lower or higher using the joystick For information on the Background Color key refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual 4 6 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems aooo o y y V el onena eo A Yi clock Fomat Ca i El orras C Ji oarishtSaingtine CD J mweze o Eoo A U OO SAA1091 Clock settings The following display will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Clock key and pushing the ENTER button On screen Clock When this item is turned to ON a clock
29. A PNEU TAILLE ORIGINALE PRESSION DES PNEUS FROIDS P see owners A P XXX XX R XX XXX kPa XX PSI SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL NOMBRE DE PLACES TotaL X REAR P XXX XX R XX XXX kPa XX PSI The combined weight of occupants SPARE and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX lbs pesecours T XXX XX R XX XXX kPa XX PSI Le poids combin d occupants et de cargaison ne devrait jamais exc der XX kg ou XX lbs TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION PNEU ET INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT 4 SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL xX FRONT xX REAR xX NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL AVANT ARRIERE The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX lbs 20ids combin d occupants et de cargaison ne devrait jamais exc der XX kg ou XX Ibs ORIGINAL SIZE COLD TIRE PRESSURE Gites TAILLE ORIGINALE PRESSION DES PNEUS FROIDS SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL P XXX XX R XX XXX kPa XX PSI INFORMATION ae POUR D AUTRES DE TAILS SE REPORTER P XXX XX R XX XXX kPa XX PSI AU MANUEL DU SPARE CONDUCTEUR pesecours T XXX XX R XX XXX kPa XX PSI Tire and loading information label 1 Seating capacity The maximum number of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself 2 Vehicle load limit See loading infor mation in the Technical and con sumer information section 3 Original size The size of the tires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory Cold tire pressure Inflat
30. CO ZO ssersiscatesctetssnsspisanetvessecexsraincnnctetsuieeseads eassashiaarene 5 25 ashi HVS A E 5 9 Battery ang daca acca oe een ea E E E E 5 25 Manual transmission picteunctressccesneaandetaetaranmennee 5 13 Draining of coolant water sss 5 25 Parking Drake vccscesas esvonsnsnsnstsistcdcoaseasssnancaseaacoadsunntesosa nian 5 15 Tire CQUIPMENE saaeeesssessssssssssssssseeesneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetttttttitien 5 25 Cruise control if so equipped ssessseessssetessesseteeseeees 5 16 Special winter CQUIPMENE s sssssssrserrserseerserrsersserserrsees 5 26 Precautions ON CrUiSE eoo n 5 16 Driving On SNOW Or IOE ceeh ccc ncccarctoredensei te ateceneecea cect 5 26 Cruise Control Operations ccsssssssssessasscsseasocssenes 5 16 Engine block heater if so equipped sce 5 26 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING 4A WARNING e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent opera tion of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause per sonal injury Coupe models Closely
31. In case of emergency 7 After starting your engine carefully discon nect the negative cable and then the positive cable 8 Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be contaminated with corrosive acid PUSH STARTING Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing CAUTION e Automatic transmission models can not be push started Attempting to do so may cause transmission damage Three way catalyst equipped models should not be started by pushing since the three way catalyst may be damaged Never try to start the vehicle by tow ing it when the engine starts the forward surge could cause the ve hicle to collide with the tow vehicle IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS 4A WARNING e Do not continue to drive if your ve hicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire e To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator cap while the engine is still hot When the ra diator cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury e Do not open the hood if steam is coming out If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to the N Neutral position aut
32. LID Roadster models WARNING e Do not drive with the trunk lid open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See Precautions when starting and driving in the 5 Starting and driv ing section for exhaust gas Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the trunk closed when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys OPENER OPERATION The trunk lid release switch is located between the license plate lights To open the trunk lid unlock it with one of the following operations then push the release switch e Push the UNLOCK gg button on the key fob once Pushing the HATCH TRUNK w 6 button on the keyfob can open the trunk lid at once without pushing the release switch e Insert the key into the door key cylinder and turn it counterclockwise once e Push the power door lock switch to the UNLOCK side After locking the doors with a keyfob this switch is not available due to the security system To close push the trunk lid down securely The trunk lid release switch is linked with the driver side door lock To open the trunk lid unlock the driver side door Cancel switch When the cancel switch located inside the rear floor box is OFF the trunk lid cannot be opened with the release switch It can be opened o
33. MAINTENANCE I M TEST US only Due to legal requirements in some states areas your vehicle may be required to be in what is called the ready condition for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness condition Turn the ignition switch ON without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp MIL comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready If the MIL indicates the vehicle is in a not ready condition drive the vehicle through the following pattern to set the vehicle to the ready condition If you cannot or do not want to perform the driving pattern a NISSAN dealer can conduct it for you 4A WARNING Always drive the vehicle in a safe and prudent manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws Start the engine Allow the engine to idle until the engine coolant temperature gauge needle points between the C and H no
34. Maintain cruising speeds with a constant accelerator position Drive at moderate speeds on the highway Driving at high speed will lower fuel economy Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking Maintain a safe distance behind other ve hicles Use a proper gear range which suits road conditions On level roads shift into high gear as soon as possible Avoid unnecessary engine idling Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended periodic mainte nance schedule Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres sure Low tire pressure will increase tire wear and lower fuel economy Keep the front wheels in correct alignment Improper alignment will increase tire wear and lower fuel economy Air conditioner operation lowers fuel economy Use the air conditioner only when necessary When cruising at highway speeds it is more economical to use the air conditioner and leave the windows closed to reduce drag Use the recommended viscosity engine oil See Engine oil and oil filter recommenda tion in the 9 Technical and consumer infor mation section PARKING PARKING ON HILLS C Downhill with curb xx l l l l WARNING e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire e Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended e Do not leave children unattended in side the vehicle 2
35. Uphill with curb 3 Uphill or downhill no curb 1 Firmly apply the parking brake 2 Automatic transmission models Move the selector lever to the P Park posi tion Manual transmission models Place the shift lever in the R Reverse posi tion When parking on an uphill grade place the shift lever in the 1 Low gear position 4A WARNING e Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be set and the transmission placed into P Park for automatic transmission models or in an appropriate gear for manual transmission models Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in an accident Make sure the automatic transmis sion selector lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the button at the end of the lever 3 To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into the street when parked on a sloping drive way it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB 4 Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb Starting and driving 5 19 e HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb e HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB 3 Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the
36. a Power doof OGK sc eccccccsescesteesterctrsesncecpvesstiereeteemtvecds Rear floor POX ssssssssssrsrssrrssrsneunonnnnonnnnnrnnennennnnnae Rear hateh lOCkniisnninsnisennnsi a Top latch VON aoe ees eerie aeereerenien Trank MCh cael celta r Low tire pressure warning light Low tire pressure warning system See tire pressure monitoring system TPMS cssssee Luggage compartment NOM srecwcscncssesceerevaestecectiencses Maintenance Battery acct cctesteccrecatgoreene iniinis General maintenance ccceessesesesssseseseeeseeeeees Inside the VENICIC cccessseseseseseeseseesessseeseeeees Maintenance information display ssss Maintenance precautions cseeeeeeeeeeee Maintenance requirement ccceeee Outside the VENIC se deisiscceedanwerdecverinvacccseeetoent Seat belt maintenance cceeeseeseeseeeeeeeees Under the hood and VehiICIe ccceceeeeeeees Malfunction indicator lamp MIL Manual front seat adjustment sessies Map Mgts sa ucreeesioecnrccereacectsastucttaesercrersrtteervanetdaeettuter Meter Trip COMputer sinicinteertisde nied oneencee Meters and DAW CS oicerce cecrerscrrievctenicen entrees Meters and gauges Instrument brightness CGI raees a 10 4 Mirror Automatic anti glare inside Mirror 3 26 Inside MIOT serieei 3 26 Outside MirTOrS nsssssssessssrssrsresesrereererrrenrsesnrnrnreeene 3 27 N Net Cargo Netsssesrseeiii iaie 2 34 Ventilated net seats ete cstnsexcrtcernciestece
37. a child being injured in a collision or a sudden stop greatly increases Adjustable seatbacks should be po sitioned to fit the child restraint but as upright as possible After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the belt as necessary You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of ve hicles e If you install a front facing child re straint in the front seat see Child restraint installation on front passen ger seat later in this section e When your child restraint is not in use keep it secured with a seat belt to prevent it from being thrown around in case of a sudden stop or accident CAUTION Remember that a child restraint left in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the child restraint Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 19 Move seat 4 fully back CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION ON FRONT PASSENGER SEAT Coupe models only WARNING e Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front pas senger seat Supplemental front air bags inflate with great force A rear facing child restraint could be struck SSS0261
38. and ENTER button 4 3 How to use BACK button ssssssissccssscsnscsciessecaneoscnseses 4 3 Setting up the start up screen ce cseeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 3 How to use INFO button escsccacereecescccsssceusessatizztccceuees 4 3 How to use SETTING Dutton cesses 4 5 How to use the 384 DUttON sescsssssssssecssseecsseecssees 4 8 Ventilators arcadura aA a a 4 8 Genter ventilators steasc secteccassscsansesasetitrernmanetcensetatenteees 4 8 ode ventilators sessanta innii aE 4 8 Heater and air conditioner Automatic seses 4 9 Automatic Operation eceecceeseseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 10 Manual operation ssessssssessssrsrsrssrsssrsnsnsnnnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnns 4 10 Operating Tps aeccecstassceaececeeceectsesecteee nee meeseicesieegece 4 11 Servicing air conditioner o eeeeeteeceseeseeeeeeeseeeeeetaeeeeetees 4 12 Audio Syste asitin ee 4 12 PRO EETA APES EEEE EE A E 4 12 FM radio reception sessisssciicssscennaas anune 4 13 AM radio TEGE DUOI sisside 4 13 Satellite SAT radio reception if so equipped s sssssssssrssssrrsssrissrrrnssrinsrrrnssrrensrrennnrens 4 13 Audio operation precautions sesser 4 13 FM AM radio with compact disc CD player 4 19 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD e112 UGS 2 agrees eee AA EES 4 23 CD care and cleaning esesesceceesetesceeeeetetseeteteeteees 4 29 Steering wheel switch for audio control if so EQUIP PEC sssecsessssesscsessssesessesse
39. cancel Switch ss sssesssesersresrssreresresrsrresens 1 8 Secondary rear hatch release 3 10 Secondary trunk lid release 3 12 Security system NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine start ssssnrrsssrrrreesrrrrnerssrrrnrssne 2 20 Security system Vehicle security system 2 19 Selector lever Shift lock release nsssssscscscsan 5 12 Servicing air Conditioner 4 9 4 12 Shift lock release Transmission sssri 5 12 Shifting Automatic transmission ceeeeeeeeees 5 6 5 9 Manual transmission qu 5 7 5 13 Shoulder belt AU serrures rinna 1 16 Side air bag SySteM i sisisi 1 40 Soft top Care and cleaning s sessesseesrsreerssrerrerrerenresrenrenn 7 2 If the top does not open or close sses 3 19 Soft top indicator light 2 18 3 17 Soft top Operation yieteete suet recedes 3 13 Spark 0 6 eee ere en renee ena eee 8 18 Speed Average speed sesccccsseuscnicesdaheeieeeee etnies 2 10 Speed WVAICALOM sireisas iti meiren na 2 9 Speedometer gan eee eens ert tar epee at eines teen ante enter 2 4 Starting Before starting the Engine 5 8 J mp STG RNG eet teeter eee 6 7 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Push starting ssssssssssssssrsrssrsrsnssnsnierennnrnnnnrsnnnnsnennns 6 9 Starting the engine s sesssssessssrssresrsreerssrerrenrreeresnns 5 9 Status light Front passenger air bag seess 1 37 Steering Power steering fluid ssssssssesereesrersrsr 8 13 Power steering SyStemM siss
40. certain a vehicle maintains a level position when a loaded and or unloaded trailer is hitched Do not drive the vehicle if it has an unusual nose up or nose down condition check for improper tongue load overload worn suspension or other possible causes of these conditions e Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shifts while driving e Load the trailer so approximately 60 of the trailer load is in the front half and 40 is in the back half e Check your hitch trailer tire pressure vehicle tire pressure trailer light operation and trailer wheel lug nuts every time you attach a trailer to the vehicle e Be certain your rear view mirrors conform to all federal state and or local regulations If not install any mirrors required for towing before driving the vehicle Trailer towing tips In order to gain skill and an understanding of the vehicle s behavior you should practice turning stopping and backing up in an area which Is free from traffic Steering stability and braking per formance will be somewhat different than under normal driving conditions e Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving e Avoid abrupt starts acceleration or stops e Avoid sharp turns or lane changes e Always drive a vehicle at a moderate speed Some states or provinces have specific speed limits for vehicles that are towing trailers Obey the local speed limits When backing up hold the bot
41. disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD button is pushed with the com pact disc loaded but the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play DISP CD PLAY TIME Push the DISP button for less than 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is being played to show the play time on the display FF Fast Forward REW Rewind When the A fast forward or y rewind button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the compact disc will return to normal play speed X APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW TRACK CHANGE When the AW APS FF button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the program next to the present one will start to play from its beginning Push several times to skip through programs The compact disc will ad vance the number of times the button is pushed When the last program on the compact disc is skipped through the first program will be played When the NZ APS REW button is pushed the program being played returns to Its beginning Push several times to skip back through programs The compact disc will go back the number of times the button is pushed SCAN SCAN tuning When the SCAN tuning button is pushed while the CD is being played the beginning of all the Display screen he
42. doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be regularly cleaned Make sure that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surface by using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle Soft top care and cleaning Roadster models Proper care and handling should be observed to maintain a good appearance of the soft top Improper care may cause the top cloth s surface to stiffen stain or mat Follow the instructions shown in this section It is not necessary to wash the soft top every time you wash the vehicle body but clean the top regularly before it becomes quite dirty Leav ing the soft top dirty or soiled for a long period will cause deterioration to the quality of the top material Remove dust or dirt on the soft top with a soft brush or sponge then rinse it with plenty of clean water When the top is quite dirty wash using a mild detergent such as a general cleaner especially made for a cloth top or a general purpose dish washing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water Rinse the top again with plenty of clean water to remove all traces of soap CAUTION e Do not use strong household soap strong chemical detergents gasoline or solvents e If glass cleaner gets on the soft top immediately was
43. e Do not substitute engine anti freeze coolant for window washer solution This may result in damage to the paint e Do not fill the window washer reser voir tank with washer fluid concen trates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concen trates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the win dow washer reservoir tank e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s rec ommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reser voir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water BATTERY e Keep the battery surface clean and dry Any corrosion should be washed off with a solu tion of baking soda and water e Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened e lf the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal to prevent discharging it CAUTION When the battery cable is removed from the battery terminal do not close either of the front doors The automatic win dow adjusting function will not work and the side roof panel top side rail may be damaged by doing so To disconnect the negative battery ter minal perform the procedure in the follow ing order Otherwise the window and the side roof panel top side rail may contact and be damaged 1 Close the windows 2 Open the hood Maintenance and do it y
44. free a vehicle stuck in sand snow mud etc Never tow a vehicle using the vehicle tie downs or recovery hooks Always pull the cable straight out from the front of the vehicle Never pull on the vehicle at an angle Pulling devices should be routed so they do not touch any part of the suspension steering brake or cool ing systems Pull devices such as ropes or canvas straps are not recommended for use in vehicle towing or recovery If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control System if so equipped Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward Shift back and forth between R reverse and D drive automatic transmission models or 1st low and R reverse manual transmis sion models Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R and D automatic transmission models or 1st and R manual transmission models Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH 55 km h If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to re move the vehicle In case of emergency 6 13 MEMO 6 14 In case of emergency 7 Appearance and care Clea
45. garage door or security gate will open or close if the transmitter is within range Make sure that people and objects are clear of the garage door gate etc that you are programming Instruments and controls 2 43 e Your vehicle s engine should be turned off while programming the HomeLink Universal Transceiver PROGRAMMING HomeLink To program your HomeLink Transceiver to op erate a garage door gate or entry door opener home or office lighting you need to be at the same location as the device Note Garage door openers manufactured after 1996 have rolling code protection To program a garage door opener equipped with rolling code protection you will need to use a ladder to get up to the garage door opener motor to be able to access the training button 2 44 Instruments and controls 1 To begin press and hold the 2 outer HomeLink buttons to clear the memory until the indicator light A blinks after 20 seconds Release both buttons Position the end of the hand held transmitter 1 3 in 976 76 mm away from the HomeLink surface 3 SIC301 1 Using both hands simultaneously press and hold both the HomeLink button you want to program and the hand held transmitter but ton DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 has been completed Hold down both buttons until the indicator light on the HomeLink flashes changing from a slow blink to a rapid blink
46. gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformu lated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions NISSAN supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug gests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxygenates such as ethanol MTBE and metha nol with or without advertising their presence NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel com patibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily determined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage e The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline e If an oxygenate blend excepting a methanol blend is used it should con tain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 e If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol me thyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of ap propriate cosolvents and corrosion in Technical and consumer information 9 3 hibitors If not properly formulated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or ve hicle perfo
47. in this section Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 e When using these seats avoid wear ing clothing with soft fabrics wool etc Clothing may be damaged as it rubs against the netted material Ventilated net seats if so equipped The ventilated net seats are designed for good ventilation while driving Net cloth is used on the surface of the seatback and the cushion as shown CAUTION e The seat is made of netted materials Be careful not to snag your jewelry such as a ring bracelet or watch on the seat 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Type A SEAT LIFTER for driver s seat Type A except for ventilated net seat Turn either dial to adjust the angle and height of the seat cushion to the desired position 4 SSS0202 Type B Type B for ventilated net seat Turn the dial and adjust the angle of the seat cushion to the desired position oe y Coupe models TILTING AND RECLINING PASSENGER S SEAT FROM DRIVER S SEAT The passenger seatback can be adjusted from the driver s seat to make it easier for the driver to use the rear parcel box or rear floor box or to help the passenger get in the vehicle Coupe models manual type To tilt or recline the passenger seatback pull up the lever A located on the back side of it and move the seatback forward or backward Roadster models Type A Roadster models
48. indicate the cruise control system is not func tioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer OFF aneacd Front passenger air bag status light The front passenger air bag status light asg will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passen ger seat is being used For front passenger air bag status light opera tion see NISSAN advanced air bag system in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supple mental restraint system section of this manual High beam indicator light Blue This light comes on when the headlight high beam is on and goes out when the low beam is selected SERVICE i ENGINE Malfunction indicator lamp MIL lf the malfunction indicator lamp MIL comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emission control mal function The malfunction indicator lamp may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 US gallons 14 liters of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the Nine lamp should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists If this indicator lamp comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running it indicates that the vehicle is not
49. is always displayed in the upper right corner of the screen This clock will indicate the time almost exactly because it is always adjusted by the GPS system Clock Format Choose either the 12 hour clock display or the 24 hour clock display Settings gt Language Units Settings gt Select Language Offset Adjust yy Adjust the time by increasing or decreasing per 3 english on jel saeco ij r e FE Daylight Saving Time Turn this item to ON for daylight saving time application Time Zone Choose the time zone from the following e Pacific Display of Select Language Language Units settings Select the Select Language or Select e Mountain Units key and push the ENTER button The Language Units settings screen will appear e Central when selecting the Language Units key and Language English or Fran ais e Eastern pushing the ENTER button Unit US Mile F MPG Metric km C L 100 km Select the ON key of the desired language or units and push the ENTER button e Atlantic e Newfoundland Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 7 HOW TO USE THE e BUTTON To change the display brightness push the 38 DAY NIGHT button Pushing the but ton again will change the display to DAY or NIGHT display Then adjust the brightness mov ing the joystick right or left If no op
50. it may indicate that the charging system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer TRIP COMPUTER The display of the trip computer is situated in the triple meter When the ignition switch is turned to ON the display scrolls all the modes of the trip computer and then shows the mode chosen before the ignition switch is turned OFF Switches for the trip computer are located on the side of the combination meter panel To operate the trip computer push the side of the switches as shown above a Trip computer mode switch B Trip computer setting switch When the ignition switch is turned to ON modes of the trip computer can be selected by pushing the trip computer mode switch A Each time the mode switch a is pushed the display will change as follows Speed indicator Outside air temperature ICY Distance to empty dte gt Average fuel consumption and speed Elapsed time and trip odometer Stopwatch Tire pressure indicator PSI Up shift indicator setting for M T models gt Speed indicator Speed indicator mph or km h The vehicle speed is displayed in MPH or km h while driving The speed indicator in the trip computer indicates the reference speed The actual speed indicated by the speedometer com bination meter may differ from the one in the trip computer Outside air temperature ICY F or C The outside air temperature is displ
51. laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires TIRE CHAINS CAUTION Tire chains cables cannot be installed on 265 35R19 size tires Installation of the tire chains cables on 265 35R19 size tires will cause damage to the ve hicle If you plan to use tire chains cables you should install 245 45R18 size tires on your vehicle Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are of proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are designed to meet the SAE standard minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recom mended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or undercarriage I
52. maintenance is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives the proper maintenance care You are a vital link in the maintenance chain Scheduled maintenance For your convenience both required and op tional scheduled maintenance items are de scribed and listed in your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals General maintenance General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day operation They are essential for proper vehicle operation It is your responsibility to perform these procedures regularly as pre scribed 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself Performing general maintenance checks re quires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by yourself a qualified technician or if you prefer a NISSAN dealer Where to go for service If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and tuned by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN technicians are well trained specialists and are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins service tips and in dealership training programs They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN vehicles before they work on your vehicle rather
53. necessary clean the windshield washer nozzle a with a needle or small pin 8 1 Only for passenger s side wiper arm 2 Adjustable washer nozzles PARKING BRAKE AND BRAKE PEDAL A SDI1447A CHECKING PARKING BRAKE From the released position pull the parking brake lever up slowly and firmly If the number of clicks is out of the range listed below see a NISSAN dealer e 6 7 clicks under pulling force of 45 Ib 200 N DI1020MO CHECKING BRAKE PEDAL With the engine running check the distance A between the upper surface of the pedal and the metal floor If it is out of the range shown below see a NISSAN dealer Distance a Under depressing force of 110 Ib 490 N Automatic Manual Transmission model Transmission model 3 74 in 95 mm or more 3 54 in 90 mm or more Self adjusting brakes Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied WARNING See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal Brake pad wear indicators The disc brake pads on your vehicle have au dible wear indicators When a brake pad re quires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping or screeching sound when the vehicle is In motion whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator sound is heard Under some drivi
54. or color varies slightly However the color and brightness will soon stabilize Instruments and controls 2 25 CAUTION Use the headlights with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery 2 26 Instruments and controls Headlight beam select 4 To select the high beam push the lever forward The high beam lights come on and the high beam indicator light gt illumi nates 2 Pull the lever back to select the low beam 3 Pulling the lever toward you will flash the headlight high beam Battery saver system e When the headlight switch is in the paz or Z position while the ignition switch is in the ON position the lights will automatically turn off 5 minutes after the ignition switch has been turned to the OFF position e After the headlights automatically turn off with the headlight switch in the pa or 4 po sition the headlights will illuminate again for 5 minutes if the headlight switch is turned to the OFF position and then turned to the pa or gD position CAUTION Even though the battery saver feature automatically turns off the headlights after a period of time you should turn the headlight switch to the OFF position when the engine is not running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM Canada only The headlights automatically illuminate at a re duced intensity when the engine is started with the parking brake released The daytim
55. or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo areas while the vehicle is moving The child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident or sudden stop Your vehicle is equipped with a supplemental front impact air bag system for the front passen ger See Supplemental restraint system later in this section The passenger seat is not suitable for use with a rear facing child restraint needed for infants Therefore infants should not be transported in this vehicle All US states and provinces of Canada require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children See Child restraints later in this section Also there are other types of child restraints available for larger children for additional protec tion Infants Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint Because a rear facing child restraint is not suitable for use in this vehicle infants should not be transported in it Small children Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at least 20 Ibs 9 kg can be placed in a forward facing child restraint except Roadster models Refer to the manufacturer s instructions for mini mum and maximum weight and height recom mendations NISSAN recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint
56. player If there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a mixture of music CD files CD DA data and MP3 WMA files on a CD only the music CD files CD DA data will be Cannot play played Files with extensions other than MP3 WMA mp3 or wma cannot be played In addition the character codes and num ber of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format This may occur depending on the variation or the setting of MP3 WMA writing applications or other text editing applications Check if the disc is protected by copyright Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Poor sound quality Bit rate may be too low It takes a relatively long time be If there are many folder or file levels on the MP3 WMA disc or if it is a multisession disc some time may be required before the fore the music starts playing music starts playing The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not Music cuts off or skips eh as i match the specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data Move immediately to the next song When a non MP3 WMA file has been given an extension of MP3 WM
57. power type The power seatback tilt switch and the seatback tilt cancel switch are located on the back side of the passenger seatback as shown Tilting reclining operation To tilt the passenger seatback forward push the top if side of the power seatback tilt switch 8 for more than 0 5 second The seat back will automatically tilt forward To stop the movement push the top or bottom of the switch To tilt or adjust the seatback backward push and hold the bottom af side of the power Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 Roadster models Type B seatback tilt switch While the switch is held down the seatback will move backward to the original position that was last selected using the reclining switch located on the seat cushion Release the switch to stop the movement Operation conditions The power seatback tilt switch does not activate under the following conditions e when the passenger seat sliding reclining switches on the seat cushion are being op erated e when the seat tilt cancel switch is in the CANCEL position See Seatback tilt cancel switch later in this section e when the passenger seat belt is fastened e when the vehicle speed reaches 4 MPH 7 km h and more The automatic tilting reclining movement will be stopped e when any of the above 4 conditions occur e when the power seatback tilt switch top or bottom is pushed again
58. ready for an emission control system inspection maintenance test See Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test in the 9 Technical and consumer informa tion section of this manual Operation The malfunction indicator lamp will come on in one of two ways e Malfunction indicator lamp on steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected Check the fuel filler cap If the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The ENGINE lamp should turn off after a ae SERVICE few driving trips If the ENGINE lamp does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer e Malfunction indicator lamp blinking An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To re duce or avoid emission control system dam age a Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h b Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration c Avoid steep uphill grades d If possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed The malfunction indicator lamp may stop blinking and come on steady Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without having the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor drive
59. restraint system 1 13 possible around the hips not the waist Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your abdominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts depending on the injury Check with your doctor for specific recommendations THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR WARNING e Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and re ceive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal inju ries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0292A Fastening the seat belts i Adjust the seat See Seats earlier in this section Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until it clicks The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion will permit the belt to move and al
60. risk of injury in collisions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING 4A WARNING Never drive under the influence of alco hol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream Starting and driving 5 5 reduces coordination delays reaction time and impairs judgement Driving af ter drinking alcohol increases the likeli hood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Addition ally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury NISSAN is committed to safe driving You must not drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related accidents Although the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underesti mate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix And that is true for drugs too over the counter prescription and illegal drugs Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol drugs or some other physical condition 5 6 Starting and driving IGNITION SWITCH AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION The ignition lock is designed so the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position and removed until the selector lever is
61. safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emission control system An in correct cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury It could also cause the malfunction in dicator lamp to come on Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices 3 24 Pre driving checks and adjustments when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are fill ing it Use only approved portable fuel con tainers for flammable liquid Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle CAUTION If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage Tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap SERVICE properly may cause the mene mal function indicator lamp MIL to illu minate If the enf lamp illuminates because the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The NGNE lamp should turn off after a few SOON driving trips If the enf lamp does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN deale
62. seat belt warning light and chime remind you to fasten seat belts The light illuminates when ever the ignition key is turned to ON and will remain illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened The seat belt warning light may also illuminate if the front passenger s seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger s seat is occupied For 5 seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON position the system does not activate the warn ing light for the front passenger See Seat belts in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section for precautions on seat belt usage Supplemental air bag warning light After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light will illu minate The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag if so equipped and curtain side impact air bag if so equipped and pre tensioner seat belt systems need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to a NISSAN dealer e The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds e The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently e The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the supplemental restraint system air bag syst
63. seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens CAUTION e Never use benzine thinner or any similar material e Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to leather surfaces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes pol ishes oils cleaning fluids solvents detergents or ammonia based clean ers as they may damage the leather natural finish e Never use fabric protectors unless recommended by the manufacturer e Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may damage the lens cover FLOOR MATS The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior No matter what mats are used be sure they are fitted for your vehicle and are properly positioned in the footwell to prevent interference with pedal operation Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they be come excessively worn Floor mat bracket Floor mat positioning aid driver s side only This model includes a front floor mat bracket to act as a floor mat positioning aid NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model The driver s side floor mat has a grommet hole incorporated in it Simply position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket through the floor mat grommet hole while centering the mat in the floorpan contour Periodically che
64. shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and re ceive neck or other serious injuries e After adjustment gently rock in the You could also slide under the lap seat to make sure it is securely belt and receive serious internal locked injuries e Do not leave children unattended in 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT for Coupe models if so equipped Operating tips e The seat motor has an auto reset overload FRONT MANUAL SEAT ADJUSTMENT for Coupe models 4 Forward and backward Pull the lever up while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the lever to lock the seat in position When sliding the passenger s seat backward be careful not to crush items in the seatback pocket against the rear floor box 2 Reclining To recline the seatback pull the lever up and lean back To bring the seatback forward again pull the lever and move your body forward The seatback will move forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section The seatback may also be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is parked protection circuit If the motor stops during operation wait 30 seconds then reactiva
65. stored in the pas senger compartment fuse box If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Fusible links If any electrical equipment does not operate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible links If any of these fusible links are melted replace only with genuine NISSAN parts Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 L 7 LAN p Ta jo o000 gman 0 DOTS iO 3 Salis PASSENGER COMPARTMENT CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself 2 Open the fuse box lid 4 4 If the fuse is open A replace it with a new fuse B Spare fuses 8 are stored in the 3 Pinch the fuse perpendicularly with the fuse fise box puller 2 and pull it out 5 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer KEYFOB BATTERY REPLACEMENT the battery side up S55 Replace the battery as follows 1 Open the lid using a suitable tool 2 Replace the battery with a new one Recommended battery CR2025 or equiva lent Make sure that the side faces the bottom case 3 Close the lid securely 4 P
66. switch Head restraints Bulb replacement K Keyless entry See remote keyless entry SUT E A A cicero E 3 5 KEYS iienaa neee i 3 2 L Labels Air bag warning labels sesers 1 43 Air conditioner specification label 9 12 Emission control information label 9 11 Engine serial NUM ETr decade sesactceecteserertexcttdecners 9 11 F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 11 Tire and Loading Information label 8 32 9 12 Vehicle identification number VIN 9 10 License plate Installing front license plate 9 13 Light Air bag warning light seccesecdccenczcvettteretemiescteersces 1 43 Bulb replacement ssssssssssrsrssssrerisrererirrnsrsrerene 8 26 Headlight SWiItOh xececsccesesteceveseseenrcesentecsscectistencers 2 25 Headlights bulb replacement 8 27 Indicator NGI S a cecteenee ee ertotrreerc n 2 16 Interior lights eetceto cerca erate rea acetone 2 41 Luggage compartment light 2 42 Map eg Fe La cere eee teeee errr eter ere ee eee eee 2 41 PROG ACORN I irisan 8 26 Room e g Seen ee are re ene eer meee ee 2 41 Trank GAG execs cea cnc kadasen ei kaanane 2 43 Vanity Mirror MN at cst etcetera raat peesdatieatetateos 2 42 Warning indicator lights and audible reM NdErS anlar ahaa ce tet cesarean 2 12 Xenon headlights cael cates cs eeect vance ctecnsceadenss 2 25 Lights Exterior and interior light replacement Loading information See vehicle loading MONAT aeiia aurea Lock Door IOCKS srera
67. the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a malfunc tion Heating AUTO A C off The air conditioner does not activate When you need to heat only use this mode 1 Turn the fan speed control dial and air flow control dial to the AUTO position The air conditioner will turn on 2 Push the A C button to turn off the air conditioner The A C button indicator light will turn off 3 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also con trolled automatically e Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature Otherwise the sys tem may not work properly e Not recommended if windows fog up Dehumidified defrosting or defogging 1 Turn the fan speed control dial to the desired position 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the DEF Gy position 3 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e To quickly remove ice from the outside of the 4 10 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems windows turn the fan speed control dial to the maximum position e As soon as possible after the windshield is clean turn the air flow control dial to the AUTO position to return to the auto mode e When the air flow control dial is turned to the Gy or y position the air conditioner will automatically be turned on
68. the ignition switch is in the ON position but run the engine to prevent a discharged battery Be sure to follow the operating instructions and all the warnings and cautions in this section Improper operation of the top could cause a system malfunction damage or deterio ration of the top material and related parts Interior exterior view 1 Soft top operating switch BEFORE OPERATING THE TOP A WARNING 2 Soft top indicator light on the combination The soft top of your 350Z Roadster is electrically meter operated You can fully open or close the top e Park the vehicle in a safe and level only by pressing the operating switch on the 3 Top side rail ower idear the nsiumeni pane place and apply the parking brake 4 Top latch lever The soft top operating switch must be operated e Make sure the area is clear p ob 5 Soft top under all of the following conditions stacles and there is enough c car ance over the top for example in a 6 Top storage lid e When the foot brake pedal is depressed garage or a covered area More than 7 Trunk lid e When the vehicle is stopped approximately 6 6 ft 2 m from the a ground is required to open or close 8 Rear window Pet ie Angie tAd the top safely Otherwise the top 9 Rear section of the top may damage any objects above it Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 while moving The top operating sys tem could also be damaged Do not operate the top in a strong wind It could
69. the top operation is completed Use the power window switches to raise them 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments OPENING THE TOP 1 Apply the parking brake and move the selec tor lever to the P Park position for the automatic transmission model or the shift lever to the N Neutral position for the manual transmission model 2 Start the engine 3 Depress the foot brake pedal 4 Release the front edge of the top from the vehicle body with the top latch lever 5 Push OPEN on the soft top operating switch and hold it until the top is fully opened e The soft top indicator light will illuminate while the top is in motion In about 20 seconds the opening movement will finish and the indicator light turns off e Windows will automatically be fully opened e The passenger seatback will automatically move forward unless the seatback tilt cancel switch is in the CANCEL position It will return to the original position after the top operation See Automatic pas senger seatback tilt function shown on the previous page of this section 6 Release the switch when the top is fully opened The indicator light turns off NOTE If you release the switch and press it again while the top is being opened the top will slightly move to the closing direction then start moving to the opening direction again The top is designed to move in this way It is not a malfunction CLOSING THE TOP 1 A
70. the wiper e Do not operate the washer continu ously for more than 30 seconds e Do not operate the washer if the reservoir tank is empty e Do not fill the window washer reser Instruments and controls 2 23 voir tank with washer fluid concen trates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concen trates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the win dow washer reservoir tank Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s rec ommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reser voir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water 2 24 Instruments and controls REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH To defog defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors start the engine and push the switch on The indicator light A will come on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off It will automatically turn off in approximately 15 minutes CAUTION e When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window de froster Do not use the rear window defroster switch while the soft top is being operated or fully opened The heat may damage the top material and or components for Roadster models HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH XENON HEADLIGHTS e The life of xenon headlights will be shortened by frequent on off operation
71. tion the gauge to eliminate this leak Spare T145 80D17 420 kPa age Tire 60 psi Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 mple Exa TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information iden tifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also pro vides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself P215 65R15 95H Example 1 Tire size example P215 65R15 95H 1 P The P indicates the tire is de signed for passenger vehicles Not all tires have this information Three digit number 215 This num ber gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge Two digit number 65 This number known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width 4 R The R stands for radial 5 Two digit number 15 This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches Two or three digit number 95 This number is the tire s load index It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support You may not find this information on all tires be cause it is not required by law Tire Speed Rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating DOT XX XX XXX XXXX Example 2 TIN Tire Ident
72. to your vehicle s electrical system suspension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system Tampering with the supplemental side air bag system may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing material near the seatback or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bag Work around and on the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag sys tem should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The SRS wiring har nesses should not be modified or disconnected Unauthorized electri cal test equipment and probing de vices should not be used on the side air bag system The SRS wiring harnesses are cov Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 41 ered with yellow insulation either just before the harness connectors or over the complete harness for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Pre tensioner seat belt system WARNING e The pre tensioner seat belt cannot be reused after activation It must be replaced together with the retractor and buckle as a unit e If the vehicle becomes in
73. unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident e Never use seat belt extenders to in stall child restraints If the child re straint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sudden stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE e To clean the seat belt webbings apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom mended for cleaning upholstery or carpets Then brush the webbing wipe it with a cloth and allow it to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are com pletely dry If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire belt assembly should be replaced CHILD RESTRAINTS PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS WARNING e Children should always be placed in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the vehicle Failure to use a child restraint can result in serious injury or death e Children should never be carried on your lap It is not possible for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of a severe accident The child could be crushed between the adult and parts of the
74. vehicle Also do not put the same seat belt around both your child and yourself Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 17 Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating supplemental air bag could seriously injure or kill your child Never let an infant who requires the use of a rear facing child restraint ride in this vehicle Roadster models do not have an an chor for a top tether strap required for most front facing child restraints Never let children who require the use of a front facing child restraint ride in Roadster models e An improperly installed child re straint could lead to serious injury or death in an accident CAUTION For Roadster models when installing a booster seat be sure to turn off the automatic passenger seatback tilt func tion with the seatback tilt cancel switch located on the back of the passenger seatback Otherwise the booster seat may be damaged See Tilting and re clining passenger s seat from driver s seat earlier in this section for detailed information In general child restraints are designed to be installed with the lap portion of a lap shoulder seat belt Child restraints for children of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When select 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system ing any child restraint keep t
75. vehicle This also helps keep children and others from uninten tionally opening the doors and will help keep out intruders Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic Do not leave children unattended in side the vehicle They could unknow ingly activate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents SPA1503A LOCKING WITH KEY The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors including the rear hatch trunk lid simultaneously e Turning the driver s door key to the rear of the vehicle will lock all doors including the rear hatch trunk lid e Turning the driver s door key one time to the front of the vehicle will unlock the driver s door and rear hatch trunk lid From that po sition returning the key to neutral where the key can only be removed and inserted and turning it to the front again within 5 seconds will unlock the passenger s door Opening and closing windows Turn the driver s door key towards the front of the vehicle UNLOCK position and hold for about 1 second all door windows will begin to lower To close all door windows turn the key to the LOCK position and hold for about 1 second To stop opening or closing turn the key to the neutral position In the event of a hand in the way or other obstruction the auto reverse function will acti vate Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 SPA1504A
76. vehicle is impacted Supplemental curtain side impact air bag system if so equipped for Coupe models This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in certain side impact collisions The curtain side impact air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is Impacted The supplemental restraint system is designed to supplement the crash protection provided by the driver and passenger seat belts and is not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occupant seated a suitable distance away from the steer ing wheel instrument panel door finishers and side roof rails See Seat belts earlier in this section for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START position After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational s os D ASS Ss Sit upright and well back WARNING The supplemental front air bags ordi narily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower severity frontal collision Al ways wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air b
77. vehicle is refuelled When the fuel level drops even lower the dte display will change to NOTE e If the amount of fuel added while the ignition switch is OFF is small the dis play just before the ignition switch is Instruments and controls 2 9 turned OFF may continue to be dis played e When driving uphill or rounding curves the fuel in the tank shifts which may momentarily change the display Average fuel consumption mpg or liter 100 km and speed av mph or av km h Fuel consumption The average fuel consumption mode shows the average fuel consumption since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the trip computer setting switch 8 for more than approximately 1 second The average speed is also reset at the same time The display is updated every 30 seconds At about the first 1 3 miles 500 m after a reset the display shows Speed The average speed mode shows the average vehicle speed since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the setting switch for more than approximately 1 second The average fuel consumption is also reset at the same time The display is updated every 30 seconds The 2 10 Instruments and controls first 30 seconds after a reset the display shows Elapsed time h m s and trip odometer mls or km Elapsed time The elapsed time mode shows the time since the last reset The displayed time can be reset by pushing the trip
78. vehicle is stopped e When the foot brake pedal is depressed 2 18 Instruments and controls e When the ignition switch is ON CAUTION Operate the soft top with the engine running to prevent a discharged battery When the soft top is in motion and any of the above conditions are discontinued or the pas senger power seat switches on the cushion or the seatback are operated the top will stop moving Remove your hand from the operating switch and push it again under the above conditions until the top is fully opened or closed The soft top indicator light will turn off when the top open operation is completely finished When closing the top the light which is illuminated will begin to flash when the top close operation is completely finished Securely engage the top to the vehicle by operating the top latch lever The light will turn off If the soft top indicator light flashes with the ignition switch ON whether the top is operated or not and when the top is engaged it may indicate the electric soft top control unit is not functioning properly Have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible For more details about the electric soft top operation see Soft top in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section Turn signal hazard indicator lights The light flashes when the turn signal switch lever or hazard switch is turned on AUDIBLE REMINDERS Key reminder chime The chim
79. 0 4 Seats P 1 2 Child restraints P 1 17 5 Head restraints P 1 9 6 Child restraint anchor point for top tether strap child restraint P 1 24 Occupant classification sensor pattern sen sor Advanced air bag system P 1 35 8 Supplemental side air bags P 1 28 9 Pre tensioner seat belt system P 1 42 if so equipped EXTERIOR FRONT SSI0151 Hood P 3 8 Windshield wiper and washer Switch P 2 22 Wiper replacement P 8 20 Washer fluid P 8 14 Power windows P 2 39 Automatic adjusting function P 2 41 P 8 15 Recovery hook installation P 6 1 2 License plate installation P 9 13 Headlight park and turn signal lights Switch P 2 25 Bulb P 8 27 Tires Wheels and tires P 8 30 P 9 9 Flat tire P 6 2 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS P 2 14 P 5 3 7 Outside mirrors P 3 27 Doors Keys P 3 2 Door locks P 3 3 Keyfob P 3 5 Illustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR REAR 0 4 Illustrated table of contents COUPE MODELS s oOo KR OND Antenna P 4 30 Rear hatch release switch P 3 9 Rear window defroster P 2 24 High mounted stop light Bulb P 8 28 Satellite radio antenna P 4 13 Rear window wiper and washer Switch P 2 23 Washer fluid P 8 14 License plate lights Bulb P 8 28 Rear hatch release Secondary
80. 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SEAT BELTS PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly ad justed and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position includes a supplemental air bag Most U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven Sit upright and well back WARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times The seat belt should be properly ad justed to a snug fit Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an acci
81. 1 800 450 9491 www nissan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 1999 model year and prior see a NISSAN dealer or contact Resolve Corporation 20770 Westwood Road Strongsville OH 44136 1 800 247 5321 For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals for this model year and prior see a NISSAN dealer or contact Resolve Corporation 20770 Westwood Road Strongsville OH 44136 1 800 247 5321 For Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN Service Manual or Owner s Manual please con tact a NISSAN dealer For the phone number and location of a NISSAN dealer in your area call the NISSAN Information Center at 1 800 387 0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representative will assist you Also available are Genuine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION Unfortunately accidents do occur In this unlikely event there is some important information you should know Many insurance companies rou tinely authorize the use of non genuine collision parts in order to cut costs among other reasons Insist on the use of Genuine NISSAN Collision Parts If you want your vehicle to be restored using parts made to NISSAN s original exacting speci fications if you want to help it to last and hold its resale value the solution is simple Tell your insurance agent and your repair shop to only use Genuine N
82. 4A WARNING e While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerat ing or downshifting Abrupt braking or accelerating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an acci dent e If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly Parking brake break in Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened or whenever the parking brake shoes and or drums rotors are replaced in order to assure the best braking performance This procedure is described in the vehicle ser vice manual and can be performed by a NISSAN dealer ANTI LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM ABS The anti lock brake system controls the brakes so the wheels will not lock when braking abruptly or when braking on slippery surfaces The sys tem detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding By prevent ing wheel lockup the system helps
83. A mp3 or wma or when play is prohibited by when playing copyright protection there will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song The songs do not play back in the The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order desired order Check if the finalization process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc 4 18 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems FM AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER 1 MUTE button 2 SEEK APS REW APS FF TRACK CHANGE button DISP Display CHANGE button SCAN tuning button CD play button RADIO FM AM band select button MIX play button 8 RPT Repeat play button 9 CD EJECT button 10 TUNE FF REW button 11 ON OFF VOL Volume control knob 12 Audio Clock display 13 Station and preset select button 14 AUDIO button Audio main operation ON OFF Volume control Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON and then push the ON OFF VOL Volume control knob while the system is off to call up the mode radio or CD which was playing immediately before the system was turned off When no CD is loaded the radio will come on While the system is on pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob turns the system off Turn the ON OFF VOL control knob to adjust the volume AUDIO button BASS TREBLE FADER
84. DIOP Audio Pilot mode to OFF or ON push the TUNE or SEEK button Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level push the AUDIO button repeatedly until the radio or CD display reappears Other wise the radio or CD display will automatically reappear after about 10 seconds CLOCK adjusting Push the RPT button for more than 1 5 seconds to adjust the digital clock display When the clock adjusting display is selected the time hour or minute will start flashing See Clock in the 2 Instruments and controls section for the detailed clock adjustment opera tion DISPLAY CHANGE This button will work during satellite radio if so equipped and CD operation Find the detailed function in the description of each item 4 24 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems FM AM SAT radio operation RADIO RADIO FM AM SAT band select Pushing the RADIO band select button will change the band as follows Without satellite radio AM gt FM1 FM2 gt AM With satellite radio AM gt FM1 FM2 gt SAT1 SAT2 AM No satellite operation is available during scrolling of modes unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active When RADIO band select button is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON the radio will come on at the station last played The last station channe
85. EE Vehicle with gt lt D felt l e Make sure that the jumper cables do battery for booster C not touch moving parts in the engine Cloth oo I a Vehicle being jump started Jumper cable connecting order N compartment and that the cable tq clamps do not contact any other metal 5 Start the engine of the other vehicle and let it the N Neutral position On automatic trans i run for a few minutes mission models move the selector lever to the P Park position Switch off all unnec WARNING 6 Keep the engine speed of the other vehicle at Always follow the instructions below Failure to do so could result in damage to the charging system and cause per sonal injury essary electrical systems light heater air conditioner etc Remove vent caps on the battery if so equipped Cover the battery with an old cloth to reduce explosion hazard Connect jumper cables in the sequence as about 2 000 rpm and start your engine in the normal manner CAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged 1 If the booster battery is in another vehicle position the two vehicles to bring their bat teries into close proximity to each other illustrated 4 4 for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away turn the key off and wait 3 to 4 seconds before trying Do not allow the two vehicles to touch again 2 Apply parking brake Move the shift lever to 6 8
86. GRAMMING TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS If the HomeLink does not quickly learn the hand held transmitter information e replace the hand held transmitter batteries with new batteries position the hand held transmitter with its battery area facing away from the HomeLink surface e press and hold both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons without inter ruption Instruments and controls 2 45 position the hand held transmitter 2 to 5 in 50 to 127 mm away from the HomeLink surface Hold the transmitter in that position for up to 15 seconds If HomeLink is not programmed within that time try holding the transmitter in another position keeping the indicator light in view at all times If you continue to have programming difficulties please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department The phone numbers are located in the Foreword of this Owner s Manual CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED INFORMATION Individual buttons cannot be cleared however to clear all programming press and hold the two outside buttons and release when the indicator light begins to flash approximately 20 seconds REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE HomeLink BUTTON To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver button complete the following 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink but ton Do not release the button until step 4 has been completed 2 When the indicator light begins to flash slowly after 20 seconds position the hand he
87. I indicator flashes while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt brak ing reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recom mended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting e Replacing tires with those not origi nally specified by NISSAN could af fect the proper operation of the TPMS e Donot inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pres sure sensors CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instructions below Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake Shift the manual transmission into R Reverse position automatic transmission in P Park po
88. INTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precau tions which should be closely observed WARNING Park the vehicle on a level surface apply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the ve hicle from moving For manual trans mission models move the shift lever to N Neutral position For automatic transmission models move the se lector lever to P Park Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCK position when performing any parts replacement or repairs Never connect or disconnect the bat tery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position Never leave the engine or automatic transmission related component har nesses disconnected while the igni tion switch is in the ON position If you must work with the engine running keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle Always wear eye protection when ever you work on your vehicle If you must run the engine in an enclosed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it
89. ION Outside temperature down to Anti freeze When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only a Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant green or equivalent with the proper mixture ratio of 50 anti freeze and 50 demineral ized water distilled water The use of other types of coolant solutions may damage your engine cooling system CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below MIN add coolant up to the MAX level If the reservoir tank is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir tank up to the MAX level If the engine cooling system frequently requires coolant have it checked by a NISSAN dealer LOOSEN Radiator cap Drain plug i CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT e Major cooling system repairs should be per formed by a NISSAN dealer The service procedures can be found in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual e Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheating WARNING To avoid being scalded never change the coolant when the engine is hot Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator Avoid direct skin contact w
90. ISSAN Collision Parts NISSAN does not warrant non NISSAN parts nor does NISSAN s warranty apply to damage caused by a non genuine part Using Genuine NISSAN Parts can help protect your personal safety preserve your warranty protection and maintain the resale value of your vehicle And if your vehicle was leased using Genuine NISSAN Parts may prevent or limit unnecessary excess wear and tear expenses at the end of your lease NISSAN designs its hoods with crumple zones to minimize the risk that the hood will penetrate the windshield of your vehicle in an accident Non genuine imitation parts may not provide such built in safeguards Also non genuine parts often show premature wear rust and cor rosion Why should you take a chance In over 40 states the law says you must be advised if non genuine parts are used to repair your vehicle And some states have enacted laws that restrict insurance companies from authorizing the use of non genuine collision parts during the new vehicle warranty These laws help protect you so you can take action to protect yourself It s your right If you should need further information visit us at www nissanusa com for U S customers or www nissan ca for Canadian customers Technical and consumer information 9 27 MEMO 9 28 Technical and consumer information 10 Index A ABS Anti lock brake SyStemM csesessssesessseeneees 5 21 Advanced air bag SYStOM ssciccavecccesenrc
91. If replacement is required see a NISSAN dealer for servicing 4A WARNING Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to remove the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself pa Platinum tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace the platinum tipped spark plugs as frequently as the conventional type spark plugs since they will last much longer Follow the maintenance log but do not reuse them by cleaning or regapping Always replace with recommended platinum tipped spark plugs AIR CLEANER eA Dee 5 hg Jt FEES YE a YAN FESS EEE AER SS TY SDI1446A To remove the filter from the air cleaner pull off the lock pins 4 and pull the unit upward 2 The filter element should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance log shown in the Service and Maintenance Guide When replacing the filter wipe the inside of the air cleaner housing and the cover with a damp cloth WARNING e Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops the flame if the engine backfires If it is not there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be careful when working on the engine with the a
92. LIP indi cator or both indicator lights may illuminate The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply deicer or glycerin to it through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before insert ing it into the key hole ANTI FREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the temperature will drop below 32 F 0 C check anti freeze to assure proper winter protection For additional information see Engine Cooling System in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maximum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For additional information see Battery in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti freeze drain the cooling system by opening the drain plug located under the radiator Refill before operating the vehicle See Engine cool ing system in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section for changing engine coolant TIRE EQUIPMENT 1 SUMMER tires are of a tread design to provide superior performance on dry pave ment However the performance of these tires will be substant
93. LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB Pushing the door inside lock knob to the LOCK or UNLOCK position will lock or unlock the corresponding door The rear hatch trunk lid lock is linked with the driver side door lock To individually lock the doors from the outside without a key move the inside lock knob to the LOCK position Then close the door When locking the door without a key be sure not to leave the key inside the vehicle 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH All doors will be locked when the power door lock switch is pushed to the LOCK position 4 with the driver s or front passenger s door open Then close the door and all doors will be locked When locking the door this way be certain not to leave the key inside the vehicle To unlock push the power door lock switch to the UNLOCK position 2 Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver or front passenger is moved to the LOCK position with the key in the ignition and any door open all doors will lock and unlock automatically This helps to prevent the keys from being accidentally locked inside the vehicle REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM It is possible to lock unlock all doors including the rear hatch trunk lid release the rear hatch trunk lid and activate the panic alarm by using the keyfob from outside the vehicle Before locking the doors make sure the key is not left in the vehicl
94. O E T 8 19 cc Olt 5119 sea e na een nearer 8 20 Parking brake and brake pedal ceseeceeeeeeees 8 21 Checking parking brake tseseesesesceseeeteteeeeeeeeeees 8 21 Checking brake pedal ccsssecsesesesseseeeteteeeeeeeeeees 8 21 Brake DOOS OV ieeescsecececpsticctcecd pe caeas Seaan 8 22 ig os eer re eT e ere tree rere rere 8 22 Engine compartment ssssessssssrsssssersrsrerisesnensnesnnnnnnnnnsna 8 23 Passenger compartment sssssssssssssrsrsrssssrsrsnesisnsnensnnsns 8 24 Keyfob battery replacement ssssssssssssrsrssrsisrsrnrnsrsnnesnsesnns 8 25 ela e EEE O E A EA 8 26 lst 0 6 6 ts srna creer eas eee ener 8 27 Exterior and interior lights 8 28 Wheels and tires errr tre eer fe see aero reer et ee rrenre terre 8 30 TEES yc ammeter eer carers mer ame nenrr eer err rerre eer 8 30 Tire Abeling n 8 34 Types Ol OS cosain inse ea 8 36 Tire CIGING siorsesceteceececep ease cacstatstpteciesianeendvensctensensdecepe sheers 8 37 Changing wheels and tires sssesesseeseseesrsrssrsrerenn 8 37 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS Your new NISSAN has been designed to have minimum maintenance requirements with longer service intervals to save you both time and money However some day to day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your NISSAN s good mechanical condition as well as its emission and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that scheduled maintenance as well as general
95. Oil and filter other than the specified quality or oil and filter change intervals longer than recommended could reduce engine life Damage to engines caused by improper maintenance or use of incorrect oil and filter Technical and consumer information 9 5 quality and or viscosity is not covered by the new NISSAN vehicle limited warranties Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes repeated short distance driving at cold out side temperatures e driving in dusty conditions e extensive idling e towing a trailer e stop and go commuting Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for the maintenance schedule 9 6 Technical and consumer information RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY NUMBER Outside Temperature Range Anticipated Before Next Oil Change GASOLINE ENGINE OIL 5W 30 PREFERRED SAE 5W 30 viscosity oil is preferred for all ambient temperatures SAE 10W 30 or 10W 40 viscosity oil may be used if the ambient temperature is above 0 F 18 C AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioner system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refriger ant HFC 134a R 134a and the lubrica
96. On eeereneme nr eee oe 2 36 Rear floor AVON sziseetcecsucecatehortttuetendensabsisseestiseeeeeus aoveeteee 2 36 Rear parcel DOX xezecesescrectectet citar eee esnseesseeseeenteeeess 2 37 SLOWING Goll DAG Sincacnanuduncnessmecann 2 37 Coat hook Coupe models accc cccccusescoccsnticvccecdssesveccedestee 2 39 We DCO S oense ne E 2 39 Power WINGO WS seszcccsscccteeceteecteceactecaticcaecenessestsatncceeiene 2 39 Automatic adjusting fUNCTtION teeter 2 41 Interior WOU sssr 2 41 ROON NONE csacsi 2 41 Map TONS saeia 2 41 Vamity Mirror ONE sssini 2 42 Luggage compartment light Coupe models 2 42 Trunk light Roadster MOdels cssseseseseseseeeeseseesees 2 43 HomeLink universal transceiver if so equipped 2 43 Programming HomeLimk n se 2 44 Programming HomeLink for Canadian CUSTOMSTS sirski eerste ts a useage eect 2 45 Operating the HomeLink universal transceiver 2 45 Programming trouble diagnosis cceeeeeeeeteees 2 45 Clearing the programmed information 2 46 Reprogramming a single HomeLink button 2 46 If your vehicle is stolen ececeeceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 46 INSTRUMENT PANEL 11 Side ventilator 12 Soft top operating switch for Roadster models 13 VDC Vehicle dynamic control OFF switch or TCS Traction control system OFF switch 14 Fuel filler door opener switch 15 Hood lock release handle 16 Fuse box 17 Tilting steering wheel lock lev
97. P 3 10 Luggage compartment light P 2 42 P 8 28 Back up Turn signal light Bulb P 8 28 Side marker Stop Tail light Bulb P 8 28 Fuel Fuel filler door P 3 23 Fuel recommendation P 9 3 if so equipped ROADSTER MODELS Antenna P 4 30 Trunk lid release switch P 3 10 Trunk light P 2 43 P 8 28 High mounted stop light Bulb P 8 28 Rear window defroster P 2 24 Soft top P 3 13 Interior trunk lid release P 3 11 License plate lights Bulb P 8 28 Back up Turn signal light Bulb P 8 28 Side marker Stop Tail light Bulb P 8 28 Fuel Fuel filler door P 3 23 Fuel recommendation P 9 3 O OMON ODO KR OON mek O Illustrated table of contents 0 5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT 12 1314 15 O 6 Illustrated table of contents COUPE MODELS O ON Coat hook P 2 39 Seat belts P 1 10 Seats Manual seats adjustment P 1 3 Power seats adjustment P 1 3 Passenger seat Tilt lever for passenger seat seatback P 1 7 Power window switch P 2 39 Power door lock switch P 3 4 Outside mirror remote control switch P 3 27 Sun visor P 3 25 Interior light P 2 41 Sunglasses holder P 2 34 O Inside mirror P 3 26 Automatic anti glare inside mirror P 3 26 HomeLink universal transceiver P 2 43 Front passenger air bag status light P 1 37 Rear p
98. P 4 9 Power outlet P 2 32 so equipped Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual ENGINE COMPARTMENT Fuse fusible link holder P 8 23 Battery P 8 15 Engine oil filler cap P 8 10 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 13 Clutch fluid reservoir M T models P 8 13 Window washer fluid reservoir P 8 14 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 13 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 8 Radiator filler cap P 8 9 10 Engine oil dipstick P 8 10 11 Air cleaner P 8 18 Do not tamper with the strut tower bar adjustment a The strut tower bar has been adjusted to the most suitable posi tion at the factory OMAN ODO KR WD Illustrated table of contents O 1 1 MEMO 0 12 Illustrated table of contents 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supple mental restraint system Sof ee EEE ere ae 1 2 Front manual seat adjustment for Coupe models s sssesseseseessestesesesseseesstessseeeeeseees 1 3 Front power seat adjustment for Coupe models if SO equipped esseeeeeees 1 3 Front power seat adjustment for Roadster models iccsccecccacstacsseseeesescaeacsacsesecstacrseacsees 1 4 Seat lifter for driver s seat vices 1 6 Tilting and reclining passenger s seat from driver s SOA P A A A E E E 1 7 Head restraint adjustment sssssssssssssssrssssssrsnsrnsernsnsnsnnens 1 9 Active head restraint except for ventilated net SEa Se a a NE 1 10 Seat DEIS srera ee en 1 10 Precaution
99. Vehicle dynamic control VDC off indicator light if so equipped The light comes on when the vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch is pushed to OFF This indicates the vehicle dynamic control system and traction control system are not operating This light also comes on when the ignition key is turned to the ON position The light will turn off Instruments and controls 2 17 if the vehicle dynamic control VDC system is operational When the vehicle dynamic control off indicator light and slip indicator light come on with the vehicle dynamic control system turned on this light alerts the driver to the fact that the vehicle dynamic control system s fail safe mode is op erating that is the system may not be functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If a malfunction occurs in the system the vehicle dynamic control system function will be canceled but the vehicle is still driveable For additional information see Ve hicle dynamic control VDC system in the 5 Starting and driving section of this manual Soft top indicator light Roadster models This light illuminates when the soft top is being operated or it is stopped before reaching a full open close state When the top is fully opened the light will turn off When the top is fully closed the light will flash The soft top can be moved with the soft top operating switch only under all of the following conditions e When the
100. a regular radio broadcast Currently most RDS stations are in large cities but many stations are now consid ering broadcasting RDS data RDS can display e Station call sign such as WHFR 98 3 e Station name such as The Groove Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 25 e Music or programming type such as Classi cal Country or Rock e Traffic reports about delays or construction If the station broadcasts RDS information the RDS icon is displayed Program type PTY Category CAT select When PTY button is pushed during FM mode the PTY CAT name of the current tuned station is displayed When the PTY CAT button is pushed during satellite radio mode if so equipped the category name of the current channel is displayed During this time if the PTY data code is zero or the data is unreadable the display will show NONE 1 PTY CAT selection mode PTY CAT name selection can be done by the up down TUNE button MAW or w in the PTY CAT selection mode It is possible to shift the PTY CAT name by one step with one push of the up down TUNE button MA or w After selecting a PTY CAT name push the SEEK button or SCAN button within 10 seconds Tuning to the PTY CAT station will start If you do not push the TUNE button within the 10 second period the PTY CAT mode will be cancelled PTY CAT name selection can also be achieved by pushing
101. ability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission control system SLIP Slip indicator light The light will blink when the vehicle dynamic control VDC system or the traction control system TCS is operating thus alerting the driver to the fact that the road surface is slippery and the vehicle is nearing its traction limits This light also comes on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position The light will turn off if the VDC or TCS is operational Traction control system TCS off indicator light if so equipped The light comes on when the traction control system TCS off switch is pushed to OFF This indicates the traction control system is not op erating This light also comes on when the ignition key is turned to the ON position The light will turn off if the traction control system TCS is opera tional When the traction control system off indicator light and slip indicator light come on with the traction control system turned on this light alerts the driver to the fact that the traction control system s fail safe mode is operating that is the system may not be functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If a malfunction occurs in the system the traction control function will be canceled but the vehicle is still driveable For additional information see Traction control system TCS in the 5 Start ing and driving section of this manual
102. acturer s instructions for installation and use When purchasing a booster seat be sure to select one which will fit your child and vehicle It may not be possible to properly install some types of booster seats in your ve hicle e If the booster seat and seat belt are not used properly the risk of a child being injured in a collision or a sud den stop greatly increases e Adjustable seatbacks should be po sitioned to fit the booster seat but as upright as possible e After placing the child in the booster seat and fastening the seat belt make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the abdomen e Do not put the shoulder belt behind the child or under the child s arm If you must install a booster seat in the front seat see Booster seat instal lation on front passenger seat later in this section e When your booster seat is not in use keep it secured with a seat belt to prevent it from being thrown around in case of a sudden stop or accident CAUTION Remember that a booster seat left in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the booster seat BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION ON FRONT PASSENGER SEAT CAUTION Do not use the lap shoulder belt auto matic locking mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts Follow these steps to insta
103. ag systems Some data about vehicle opera tion may be stored in the computers for use during servicing Other data may be stored if a crash event occurs For example air bag readiness air bag performance and seat belt use by the driver or passenger may be recorded These types of systems are sometimes called Event Data Record ers Special equipment can be used to access the electronic data that may be stored in the vehicle s computers sounds are not recorded NISSAN and NISSAN dealers have equipment to access some of this data others may also have this equipment The data may be retrieved during routine vehicle servicing or for special research It might also be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee in response to a request by law enforcement or as other wise required or permitted by law OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle Filled with wiring diagrams illustrations and step by step diagnostic and adjustment procedures this manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at NISSAN dealerships Also available are genuine NISSAN Owners Manuals and genuine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models For USA For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 2000 model year and later contact Tweddle Litho Company
104. ag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some conditions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is necessary for most effective protection Failure to follow all instructions in this manual concerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can in crease the risk or severity of injury in an accident Status light OFF The front passenger air bag status light 73i Is located on the overhead console The light op erates as follows e Unoccupied passenger seat The Sig is OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash e Passenger seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as outlined in this section The 233 illuminates to indicate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash e Occupied passenger seat and the passenger meets the conditions outlined in this section The axe IS OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag is operational Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is op erated under some conditions as described below in accordance with U S regulations If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of inj
105. ag status SS0131 light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied See Front pas senger air bag and status light later in this section The seat belts and the supplemental front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the NISSAN advanced air bag system if you are unrestrained leaning for ward sitting sideways or out of posi Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 29 tion in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal in juries from the supplemental front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel or instru ment panel Always use the seat belts The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sen sors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The advanced air bag sys tem monitors the severity of a colli sion and seat belt usage then inflates the air bags Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sen sor pattern sensor that turns the front passenger air bag OFF under some conditions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be prop erly seated and wearing the seat be
106. ag system may result in serious personal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel as sembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing ad ditional trim material around the air bag system Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing material on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers on the seat that are not specifically designed to as sure proper air bag operation Addi tionally do not stow any objects un der the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such ob jects may interfere with the proper operation of the occupant classifica tion sensor No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the supplemental front air bag sys Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 39 tem Tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious per sonal injury e Work on and around the supplemen tal front air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installa tion of electrical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The Supplemental Restraint System SRS wiring should not be modified or disconnected Unauthorized elec trical test equipment and probing de vices should not be use
107. ain tenance schedule When making a turn your trailer wheels will be closer to the inside of the turn than your vehicle wheels To compensate for this make a larger than normal turning radius during the turn Crosswinds and rough roads will adversely affect vehicle trailer handling possibly caus ing vehicle sway When being passed by larger vehicles be prepared for possible changes in crosswinds that could affect ve hicle handling If swaying does occur firmly grip the steering wheel steer straight ahead and immediately but gradually reduce ve Remember the length of the trailer must also pass the other vehicle before you can safely change lanes To maintain engine braking efficiency and electrical charging performance do not use 6th gear manual transmission or 5th posi tion automatic transmission Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently This could cause the brakes to overheat resulting in reduced braking ef ficiency Increase your following distance to allow for greater stopping distances while towing a trailer Anticipate stops and brake gradually Do not use cruise control while towing a trailer Check your hitch trailer wiring harness con nections and trailer wheel lug nuts after 50 miles 80 km of travel and at every break When stopped in traffic for long periods of time in hot weather put the vehicle in the P Park position FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with
108. aint system 1 35 occupant classification sensor pattern sensor Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front passenger the occupant classification sensor is also monitored Based on information from the sensors only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash sever ity and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted Additionally the front passenger air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some conditions depending on the information provided by the occupant classification sensor If the front passenger air bag is OFF the passen ger air bag status light will be illuminated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be illumi nated but the air bag will be off See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section for further details One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper performance of the system If you have any questions about your air bag system contact NISSAN or a NISSAN dealer If you are considering modifications of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact NIS SAN Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those wi
109. al is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown Other tire related terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall bears white letter ing or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 other sidewall of the tire or 2 the outward facing sidewall of an asymmetri cal tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle TYPES OF TIRES WARNING e When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type i e Summer All Season or Snow and construction A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability e Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire e Replacing tires with those not origi nally specified by NISSAN could af fect the proper operation of the tire 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself pressure monitoring system TPMS e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety In formation Canada in the Warr
110. all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a ve hicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home 4A CAUTION e Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage e Whenever flat towing your vehicle always tow forward never backward e DO NOT tow any automatic transmis sion vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmission parts due to lack of transmission lu brication e For emergency towing procedures refer to Towing recommended by NISSAN in the 6 In case of emer When towing a trailer change transmis sion oil more frequently For additional information see the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section hicle speed This combination will help stabi gency section of this manual lize the vehicle Never increase speed e Be careful when passing other vehicles Passing while towing a trailer requires con siderably more distance than normal passing 9 22 Technical and consumer information AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION To tow a vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufacturer s recommendations when using their product MANUAL TRANSMISSION e Always tow with the manual transmission in Neutral e After towing 500 miles star
111. all mount There should be at least 2 threads showing beyond the lock washer and nut Class hitch Class trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 2 000 Ib 909 kg You may add Class trailer hitch equipment to the vehicle that has a 2 000 Ib 909 kg maxi mum weight rating but your vehicle is only capable of towing the maximum trailer weights shown in the Towing Load Specification Chart earlier in this section CAUTION e Do not use axle mounted hitches e The hitch should not be attached to or affect the operation of the impact absorbing bumper e Do not modify the vehicle exhaust system brake system etc to installa 9 20 Technical and consumer information trailer hitch To reduce the possibility of addi tional damage if a vehicle is struck from the rear where practical re move the hitch and or receiver when not in use Safety chains Always use a suitable chain between a vehicle and the trailer The safety chain should be crossed and should be attached to the hitch not to the vehicle bumper or axle Be sure to leave enough slack in the chain to permit turning corners e After the hitch is removed seal the bolt holes to prevent exhaust fumes water or dust from entering the pas senger compartment e Regularly check that all trailer hitch mounting bolts are securely mounted Tire pressures e When towing a trailer in
112. allic rapping noise If se vere this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the above stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have your dealer correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which NISSAN is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing will result in knocking after run or overheating This in turn may cause excessive fuel consumption or damage to the engine If any of the above symptoms are en countered have your vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer or other competent service fa cility However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is no cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load FOR GASOLINE ENGINES API certification mark API service symbol ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATION Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure satis factory engine life and performance See Ca pacities and recommended fuel lubricants ear lier in this section NISSAN recommends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy STI0367A Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institut
113. amage the paint If If the fluid is below the MIN line add Genuine fluid is spilled immediately wash the NISSAN PSF fluid Remove the cap and fill surface with water through the opening Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 Brake fluid reservoir BRAKE FLUID Check the fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid is below the MIN line or the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be thoroughly checked by a NISSAN dealer 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself Clutch fluid reservoir CLUTCH FLUID Check the fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid level is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid is added frequently the system should be thoroughly checked by a NISSAN dealer WINDOW WASHER FLUID Open the cap and add fluid when the low washer fluid warning light comes on Add a washer solvent to the washer fluid for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer anti freeze Follow the manu facturer s instructions for the mixture ratio Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Anti freeze or equivalent WARNING Anti freeze is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children CAUTION
114. and pre tensioner seat belt system should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer The air bag module and pre tensioner seat belt system cannot be repaired e The supplemental front air bag and side air bag curtain side impact air bag systems and pre tensioner seat belt system should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle e If you need to dispose of these supplemental systems or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 2 Instruments and controls mstrument panel ssrascs dessa 2 2 Meters and gauges ssssssssrssssssrsrsrenssesnsusnensnnsnnnnnnennsnnnnnnnns 2 3 Speedometer and odometer s ssssssssessrsrsrersresrsrrrerrreen 2 4 TACNOST a aE a sneer mere ton ree ter ee 2 5 Engine coolant temperature gauge ceee 2 6 BOES EU a o E E E 2 6 Engine oil pressure gauge ssssssssrssisisrssssisrrrersrsrennn 2 7 NOME TINS USD aruas e ks 2 8 Aig ogee sg C10 i gurereer sree tee enna rrerese eres rere ee eee 2 8 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 12 Checking DUIDS seisis 2 12 Warning HNIS sasssa oes ep eters 2 12 idic ator l tc srren 2 16 Audible reminders sssssssssssnsssnsnsnsnensnenrnrnennrnrnrnrnnnrnennnns 2 18 Securty SYSTEMS sirae ie 2 19 Vehicle security System ssssssssssssssrsresssssrsnenssnsnensnsnnsns 2 19 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ns
115. and audio systems H INFO ser wore 36 CANCEL NAMES OF THE COMPONENTS JOYSTICK and ENTER button 2 INFO button 3 SETTING button 4 BACK button 5 38 brightness control button h For Navigation System control buttons other than above refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual HOW TO USE JOYSTICK AND ENTER BUTTON Choose an item on the display using the joystick and push the ENTER button for operation HOW TO USE BACK BUTTON This button has two functions To return to the previous screen When this button is pushed during setup setup will be canceled and the screen will return to the previous screen To finish the set up When this button is pushed after setup is com pleted the settings will be renewed as directed and the screen will return to the map INFO When the BACK button must be pushed for example after the setup is finished instructions are given in the operation procedure of each section in this manual If the BACK button is pushed when not finished with the setup the setting will be canceled and the screen will return to the previous screen SETTING UP THE START UP SCREEN When you turn the ignition key to the ACC position the SYSTEM START UP warning is displayed on the screen Read the warning and select the OK key then push the ENTER button If you do not push the ENTER button t
116. and release it it need not be held The window will automatically open or close all the way To stop the window just press or lift the switch on the opposite side Auto reverse function If the control unit detects something caught in a window as it moves up the window will be immediately lowered The auto reverse function can be activated when a window Is closed by automatic operation when the ignition key is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition key is turned to the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window occurs WARNING There are some small distances imme diately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc in side the vehicle before closing the win dow Automatic window lowering Roadster models When the soft top operating switch is pressed the power windows will automatically be low ered completely The windows do not rise auto matically after the soft top open close operation is completed Use the power window switches to raise them AUTOMATIC ADJUSTING FUNCTION CAUTION When the battery cable is removed from the battery terminal do not close either of the front doors The automatic win dow adjusting function will not work and the side roof panel top side rail may be da
117. ange CD push the CD play select button 1 to 6 SCAN SCAN tuning When the SCAN tuning button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the beginning of all the tracks of CDs will be played for 10 seconds in sequence When the SCAN tuning button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the first program in all the CDs will be played for 10 seconds Pushing the button again during this 10 second period will stop SCAN tuning If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 10 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next disc program REPEAT RPT When the RPT play button is pushed while the compact disc is played the play pattern can be changed CD cae 1 CD RPT 1 TRRPT E 1 CD MIX ALL CD MIX CD with MP3 or WMA ALL CD RPT 1CD RPT 1 FLDRRPT 1 TRRPT The display shows the following symbols no mark ALL CD RPT Repeat 1 DISC 1 CD RPT 1 1 TR Track RPT or 1 FLDR Folder RPT MIX ALL CD MIX 1 DISC MIX 1 CD MIX 1 MIX 1 FLDR MIX TA en esecr When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected To eject the discs selected by the CD select button push the EJECT button for less than 1 5 seconds To eject all the discs in succession push the EJECT button for more than 1 5 seconds When this button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will come ou
118. anty Information Booklet All season tires NISSAN specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance for use all year round including snowy and icy road condi tions All season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than all season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance in snow and ice will be substantially reduced Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of snow or all season tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires will have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of snow or all season tires on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some provinces and states prohibit their use Check local state and provincial
119. arcel box P 2 37 Rear parcel box or Navigation system 1 Rear floor box P 2 36 Power outlet P 2 32 Console box P 2 36 Parking brake Operation P 5 15 Parking Parking on hills P 5 19 Checking P 8 21 18 Selector lever or shift lever Automatic transmission P 5 9 Manual transmission P 5 13 19 Cargo net P 2 34 if so equipped 1 Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Illustrated table of contents O 7 0 8 Illustrated table of contents ROADSTER MODELS Seat belts P 1 11 Seats Power seats adjustment P 1 4 Ventilated net seats P 1 6 Passenger seat Power seatback tilt switch P 1 7 Cancel switch P 1 8 Power window switch P 2 39 Power door lock switch P 3 4 Outside mirror remote control switch P 3 27 Soft top latch lever P 3 16 Safety switch for soft top latch lever P 3 16 Interior light P 2 41 Front passenger air bag status light P 1 37 Inside mirror P 3 26 Automatic anti glare inside mirror P 3 26 HomeLink universal transceiver P 2 43 Rear parcel box P 2 37 Rear parcel box or Navigation system 1 Rear floor box P 2 36 Trunk lid cancel switch P 3 11 Secondary trunk lid release P 3 1 2 Power outlet P 2 32 Console box P 2 36 Parking brake Operation P 5 15 Parking Parking on hills P 5 19 Checking P 8 21 17 Selector leve
120. at outside temperatures above 23 F 5 C to defog the windshield and the air recirculation mode will automatically be turned off Outside air is drawn into the passenger compartment to improve the defogging per formance MANUAL OPERATION Fan speed control Turn the fan speed control dial g to manually control the fan speed Turn the dial to the AUTO position to return to automatic control of the fan speed Air recirculation Fresh air Each time the air intake button is pushed the indicator light on the button will alternate vey Air recirculation and xx Fresh air When the ves indicator light is on the interior air is recirculated When the air recirculation mode is selected with the A C indicator off while the fan speed control dial is in the AUTO position the air conditioner will turn on When the xx Indicator light is on the outside air is drawn into the passenger compartment e When the air intake button is pushed for longer than 1 5 seconds both indicator lights ey and xz will flash twice and then the intake air will be controlled automatically During this AUTO mode the indicator light of the currently selected mode illuminates e When the air flow control dial is in the Gy or 8 position the air recirculation mode does not activate Air flow control Turning the air flow control dial selects the air outlet to pe Air flows from center and side ventila tors re Air flows
121. ate of corrosion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use will accelerate the corrosion process Road salt will also accelerate the disintegration of paint sur faces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION e Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean e Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible e Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation e Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible CAUTION e Never remove dirt sand or other de bris from the passenger compart ment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom e Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic com ponents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface de icing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corro sion which may be required in some areas consult a NISSAN dealer Appearance and care 7 7 MEMO 7 8 Appearance and care 8 Maintenance and do it yoursel
122. ater air conditioner and audio systems 4 21 tracks of CD will be played for 10 seconds in sequence Pushing the button again during this 10 second period will stop SCAN tuning If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 10 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next CD program MIX play When the MIX button is pushed while the com pact disc is being played programs will be played at random not following the sequence on the compact disc The same program may be repeated twice Push the MIX button again to return to the normal play mode REPEAT RPT play When the RPT button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows 1CD RPT Normal play ma The display shows the following symbol no mark 1 CD RPT Repeat 1 1 TR Track RPT T Jep esecr When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected When this button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will come out and the system will turn off If the compact disc comes out and is not removed it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it except for 3 1 in 8 cm diam eter compact discs If the following message appears on the display push the EJECT button e CHECK DISC Eject the disc and check whether it is damaged or inserted upside down e CD ERR F Eject the disc and check whether it is a proper audio CD sh
123. ation TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM TCS if so equipped On slippery surfaces such as wet asphalt roads vehicle wheels may spin when the vehicle is accelerated This wheel spin reduces accelera tion or causes the vehicle to swerve thus decreasing vehicle stability When the vehicle drive wheels begin to spin the traction control system TCS controls the en gine torque using an electronic control system and it also controls automatic control shifting if necessary for automatic transmission models This reduces spinning of the drive wheels and result in improved vehicle acceleration perfor mance It also improves the vehicle stability by swerving motion e When the traction control system is operat ing the slip indicator light in the meter panel blinks e If the slip indicator light blinks the vehicle is under slippery conditions Be sure to drive carefully See Slip indicator light and Trac tion control system TCS off indicator light in the 2 Instruments and controls section e Indicator light If a malfunction occurs in the traction control system the SLIP and indicator lights come on in the meter panel As long as these indicator lights are on the traction control function except the ABS is canceled The vehicle will behaves like a model without the traction control system WARNING The traction control system is designed to prevent the wheels from spinning However it does not preven
124. authority to operate the device DOC ISTC 1763K1313 FCC I D CB2V67690 MEMO Instruments and controls 2 47 MEMO 2 48 Instruments and controls 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments E E ene eer ee eee ee ee 3 2 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system keys 3 2 DOOS peen ecu ose satincee cat cen tee cosetesbecc ce eae vece eeeseceeeat 3 3 Locking WHI KEY stassi 3 3 Locking with inside lock knob eseeceseeeeeeeeees 3 4 Locking with power door lock switch sessen 3 4 Remote keyless entry system eecssceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteees 3 5 How to use remote keyless entry system sss 3 5 FOO ereen S ee teaeseccgeea 3 8 Rear hatch Coupe models c sssssssssessesssessesssssssssseeaes 3 9 Opener Operation assarsstsssicsatravnsestiaramnarasiespneuiens 3 9 Secondary rear hatch release n se 3 10 Trunk lid Roadster models sesser 3 10 Opener operation sespecxssissecorewssssvaxnsnniestianatinssseninepretaiars 3 10 Interior trunk lid release ssssssssssessserssrsrsrsrsrsrrsrsrrnsns 3 11 Secondary trunk lid release sesesssseseeeeeseersesreerereeeee 3 12 Soft top Roadster MOdelIS ssscsssesessseseseseseseseseeee 3 13 Before operating the TOD ssssssssssssrsrsrssssssnsnsnesnsnsnsnsnnsns 3 13 When operating the top sssssssssssssrsrsresssesnsnsnnsnsnsnsnsnnens 3 15 Opening the TOD sarsie 3 18 Closing ne Top sespe 3 19 If the top does not open or close electrically 3 19 Care of the soft top and t
125. ayed packaging e Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight 4 14 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems CHECK DISC e Confirm that the CD is inserted cor rectly the label side is facing up etc e Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PUSH EJECT This is a malfunction due to excessive temperature inside the player Remove the CD by pushing the EJECT button After a short time reinsert the CD The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio sys tem only MP3 or WMA CD in the audio system with a CD changer Compact Disc CD with MP3 or WMA for the audio system with a 6CD changer Explanation of terms e MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known compressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track from CD ROM can reduce the file size by approximately 10 1 ratio Sampling 44 1 kHz Bit rate 128 kbps with virtually no perceptible loss in quality MP3 compression removes the redundant and irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the human ear doesn t hear WMA Windows Media Audio WMA is a compressed audio format created by Mi crosoft as an alternative to MP3 The WMA codec offers greater file c
126. ayed in F or C in the range of 22 to 131 F 30 to 55 C The outside air temperature mode includes a low temperature warning feature below 37 F 3 C the outside air temperature mode is automati cally selected and the ICY indicator will illumi nate in order to draw the driver s attention Push the mode switch A if you wish to return to the mode that was selected before the warning occurred The ICY indicator will continue blink ing as long as the temperature remains below 39 F 4 C The ambient temperature sensor is located in front of the radiator The sensor may be affected by road or engine heat wind directions and other driving conditions The display may differ from the actual ambient temperature or the temperature displayed on various signs or bill boards Distance to empty dte mls or km The distance to empty dte mode provides you with an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refueling The dte is constantly being calculated based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption The display is updated every 30 seconds The dte mode includes a low range warning feature when the fuel level is low the dte mode is automatically selected and the digits blink in order to draw the driver s attention Press the mode switch A if you wish to return to the mode that was selected before the warning occurred The dte indicator will remain blinking until the
127. ays depress the brake pedal until shifting is com To move the selector lever pleted Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an acci gt Push the button while depressing the brake pedal aent WZ Push the button e Cold engine idle speed is high so use gt Just move the selector lever caution when shifting into a forward Shiftin or reverse gear before the engine has g warmed up After starting the engine fully depress the brake A pedal and shift the selector lever from P Park to On slippery roads do not downshift R Reverse N Neutral D Drive or Manual This may cause a loss of control shift mode position e Never shift to P Park or R Reverse Push the button to shift into P Park or R while the vehicle is moving forward Reverse All other positions can be selected without pushing the button 5 10 Starting and driving WARNING Apply the parking brake if the selector lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious per sonal injury or property damage If the key is turned to OFF or ACC for any reason while the vehicle is in R Reverse N Neutral or any D Drive position the key cannot be turned to LOCK and be removed from the ignition switch Move the selector lever to the P Park position then the key can be turned to LOCK P Park Use this selector p
128. be blown by the wind striking someone or damage the top Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the top is being op erated In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle with an open top Always use seat belts and proper child restraints CAUTION Do not operate the top when the temperature is below 32 F 0 C This may result in damage to the top ma terial or operating system Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the top and dry the sur 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments face of the top completely before opening it Do not open the top when it is wet or damp This may cause interior water damage stains or mildew on the top material Be sure to turn off the rear window defroster switch Never turn it on while the top is being operated or fully opened The heat may damage the top material SPA1701 CAUTION e Donot place any objects between the top cloth and the structure Doing so could interfere with top operation and cause damage to the top operat ing system or the objects Do not place anything on the top and the storage lid Even small items may interfere with the top operation and could cause damage to the top or the vehicle body Do not place anything in the top stor age area The top will not fit there properly and this could damage the top and or the vehicle body Do no
129. belt routing Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in the Three point type seat belt with retrac tor earlier in this section If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat turn the ignition switch to the ON position The front passenger air bag status light sg may or may not illuminate depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat used See Front pas senger air bag and status light later in this section 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS sec tion contains important information concerning the driver and passenger front impact supple mental air bags NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System front seat side impact supplemental air bags curtain side impact air bags and front seat pre tensioner seat belts Supplemental front impact air bag system NISSAN advanced air bag system can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Supplemental side impact air bag system if so equipped This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact colli sions The front seat side impact supplemental air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the
130. building up and caus ing underbody and suspension corrosion Be fore the winter period and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary re treated GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film CAUTION e When cleaning the inside of the win dows do not use sharp edged tools Appearance and care 7 3 abrasive cleaners or chlorine based disinfectant cleaners They could damage the electrical conductors or rear window defroster elements e If glass cleaner gets on the soft top immediately wash it off with clean water Roadster models ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used Salt could discolor the wheels if not removed CAUTION Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels e Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels e Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot The wheel temperature should be the same as 7 4 Appearance and care ambient temperature e Rinse the wheel to completely re move the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied CHROME PARTS Clean all chrome parts regula
131. by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a low back booster seat is chosen the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seatback is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat should be used If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with your child Always follow all recommended proce dures 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated WARNING e Improper use of a booster seat can increase the risk or severity of injury for both the child and other occu pants of the vehicle e Follow all of the booster seat manu f
132. by over loading are not covered by the vehicle s warranty MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should not exceed either of the gross axle weight ratings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross ve hicle weight rating GVWR These rat ings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight ratings are exceeded move or remove items to bring all weights below the ratings Technical and consumer information 9 17 TOWING A TRAILER Roadster model Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle Coupe model Your new vehicle was designed to be used primarily to carry passengers and cargo Re member that towing a trailer places additional loads on your vehicle s engine drive train steer ing braking and other systems A NISSAN Towing Guide U S only is available on the website at www nissanusa com www infiniti com This guide includes information on trailer towing capability and the special equipment required for proper towing WARNING Overloading or improper loading of a trailer and its cargo can adversely affect vehicle handling braking and perfor mance and may lead to accidents CAUTION e Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy load for the first 500 miles 800 k
133. cal and consumer information 9 15 Example Occupants Luggage Remaining available Load limit cargo and luggage 1 400 Ib E L load capacity 640 kg 1 040 Ib 150 Ib x 2 300 Ib 30 Ib x2 60 Ib 472 kg 70 kg 135 kg 14kg 27 kg Occupants Luggage Remaining available La a cargo and go and luggage 1 400 Ib T load capacity 640 kg 150 Ib x 5 750 Ib 30 Ib x 5 150 Ib 500 Ib 70kg 3840kg 14kg 70kg 227 kg Steps for determining correct load your vehicle s placard limit 2 Determine the combined weight of the 1 Locate the statement The combined driver and passengers that will be weight of occupants and cargo should riding in your vehicle never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on 9 16 Technical and consumer information 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs 4 The resulting figure equals the avail able amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs or 640 340 5 x 70 300 kg 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and lug gage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your traile
134. cants in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for drain and refill capac ity The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Always use the dipstick to determine the proper amount of oil in the engine 10 Start the engine and check for leakage 11 around the drain plug and the oil filter Correct as required Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level with the dip stick Add engine oil if necessary After the operation 1 a b C 8 Install the engine undercover into position as outlined in the following steps Pull the center of the small plastic clip out Hold the engine undercover into position Insert the clip through the undercover into the 12 Maintenance and do it yourself hole in the frame then push the center of the clip in to lock the clip in place Install the other bolts that hold the under cover in place Be careful not to strip the bolts or over tighten them Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground 3 Dispose of waste oil and filter properly WARNING e Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin can cer Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep used engine oil out of reach of children AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID
135. cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control e Be sure the parking brake is fully released before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident e Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle e Do not use the gear shift in place of Aa j o h the parking brake When parking be ond 60 96 To apply pull the parking brake lever up 1 ae ae parking brake is fully en 3rd 90 144 To release IRIRE 4th e Do not leave children unattended in a 1 Firmi ly the foot brake 5th my ae fee oot z vehicle They could release the park 6th 2 Automatic transmission models ing brake and cause an accident Move the selector lever to the P Park posi tion Manual transmission models Place the shift lever in the N Neutral posi tion 3 While pulling up on the parking brake lever slightly push the button 2 and lower the lever completely 3 Starting and driving 5 15 CRUISE CONTROL if so equipped cause engine damage 4A WARNING Do not use the cruise control when driv ing under the following conditions e When it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed e In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed e On winding or hilly roads e On slippery roads rain snow ice etc e In very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident CAUTION On manual transmission models do not shift i
136. center of the road if it moves 4 Turn the ignition key to the LOCK position and remove the key 5 20 Starting and driving POWER STEERING The power assisted steering uses a hydraulic pump driven by the engine to assist steering If the engine stops or drive belt breaks you will still have control of the vehicle However much greater steering effort is needed especially in sharp turns or at low speeds WARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be much harder to operate BRAKE SYSTEM BRAKING PRECAUTIONS The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at two wheels Vacuum assisted brakes The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and the stopping distance will be longer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This overheats the brakes increases wear on the brakes and pads and reduces gas mileage To help save the brakes and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control
137. ch as excessive free play hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure that all warning lights and chimes are operating prop erly Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in good quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Under the hood and the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level Brake and clutch fluid levels Make sure that the brake and clutch fluid levels are between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservorr Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure that no belt is frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level on the dipstick after parking the vehicle on a level spot turning off the engine and waiting 10 minutes Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes immediately locate the trouble 8 4 Ma
138. ched highlight the Interval Re minder key with the joystick and push the ENTER button 4 To return the display to the Maintenance screen push the BACK button 4 4 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Maintenance Notice Maintenance due for Engine Oil Push INFO and select maintenance to change this setting SAA1332 Maintenance notice The Maintenance Notice screen ENGINE OIL or OIL FILTER will be automatically displayed as shown when both of the following conditions are met e the vehicle is driven the set distance and the ignition switch is turned OFF e the ignition switch is turned ON the next time the vehicle will be driven To return to the previous display after the Maintenance Notice screen is displayed push the BACK button Settings Display e rwn N Volume and Beeps B e SC dS irga df D ey SAA1292 Engine Oil 1 Oil Filter 2 The Maintenance Notice screen displays Refer to the separate Navigation System each time the ignition switch is turned ON until Owner s Manual one of the following conditions are met HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON The Settings screen will appear when the e Interval Reminder is set OFF SETTING button is pushed e Reset Distance is selected e the maintenance interval is set again Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4
139. ck to make certain that the mats are properly positioned Appearance and care 7 5 SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely before using them See Seat belt maintenance in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section 4A WARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts since these may severely weaken the seat belt webbing 7 6 Appearance and care CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION e The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas e Damage to paint and other protective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the vehicle body underside can accelerate corro sion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing and where atmospheric pollution exists and road salt is used Temperature A temperature increase will accelerate the r
140. computer setting switch for more than approximately 1 second The trip odometer is also reset at the same time Trip odometer The trip odometer mode shows the total dis tance the vehicle has been driven since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the setting switch B for more than approximately 1 second The elapsed time is also reset at the same time Stopwatch h m s You can use the trip computer as a stopwatch Each time the trip computer setting switch iS pushed the stopwatch will be operated as fol lows 7 START STOP RESET 7 After 100 hours the time will start from the reset display again Even if the display is switched to the other mode while the time is starting the stopwatch contin ues to advance until you stop the time in the stopwatch mode When the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position the time is reset Tire pressure indicator PSI The tire pressure indicator shows tire pressure 0 63 psi of all tires except the spare tire by sending a signal from a sensor that is installed in each wheel Push the trip computer setting switch B to change the display to F front or R rear The tire pressure sensor will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h If the tire pressure signal cannot be received correctly the display shows The tire pressure indicator mode includes a low tire pressure warning feature If the v
141. continuous low speed operation trates at full strength Some methyl 3 High HI continuous high speed operation 2 292 Instruments and controls alcohol based washer fluid concen trates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the win dow washer reservoir tank Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s rec ommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reser voir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH Coupe models The rear window wiper and washer operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position to operate the wiper 4 Intermittent INT intermittent operation not adjustable 2 Low ON continuous low speed operation Push the switch forward 3 to operate the washer Then the wiper will also operate several times WARNING In freezing temperatures the washer so lution may freeze on the rear window and obscure your vision Warm the rear window with the defroster before you wash the rear window CAUTION e If the rear window wiper operation is interrupted by snow or ice the wiper may stop moving to protect its motor If this occurs turn the wiper switch to OFF and remove the snow or ice on and around the wiper arms After about 1 minute turn the switch ON again to operate
142. ctor These seat belts are used the same as conventional seat belts When the pre tensioner seat belt activates smoke is released and a loud noise may be heard The smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause Irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly If any abnormality occurs in the pre tensioner seat belt system the supplemental air bag warn ing light 2 will not come on will flash inter mittently or will turn on for 7 seconds and remain on after the ignition key has been turned to the ON or START position In this case the pre tensioner seat belt may not function properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to a NISSAN dealer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pre tensioner seat belt system and guide the buyer to the appro priate sections in this Owner s Manual WARNING SRS AIR BAG The warning labels are located on the surface WARNING SRS SIDE AIR BAG of the sun visors The warning label is attached as shown if so equipped SPA1097 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS WARNING LIGHT Warning labels about the supplemental air bag The supplemental air bag warning light display system are placed in the vehicle as shown in the ing in the instrument panel monitors the illustration circuits of the supplemental front air bag
143. d controls 2 27 HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH g SIC2475 Push the switch located on the front part of the center console on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency condi tions All turn signal lights will flash Some state or provincial laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving WARNING e If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road 2 28 Instruments and controls HORN e Do not use the hazard warning flash ers while moving on the highway un less unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traf fic e Turn signals do not work when the hazard warning flasher lights are on The flasher will operate with the ignition switch in any position To sound the horn push the center pad area of the steering wheel WARNING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tam pering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious per sonal injury HEATED SEATS if so equipped The heater is controlled by a thermostat automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on 3 When the vehicle s interior is warmed or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn the switch to the OFF position 3 An optional vent
144. d on the air bag system e A cracked windshield should be re placed immediately by a qualified re pair facility A cracked windshield could affect the function of the supplemental air bag system e The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy iden tification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the supplemental front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appro priate sections in this Owner s Manual SSS0209A Supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system if so equipped This section includes the information about both the supplemental side air bag system A and the supplemental curtain side impact air bag system B Curtain side impact air bags are not avail able on Roadster models The supplemental side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The supplemental curtain side impact air bags are located in the side roof rails These systems are designed to meet voluntary guidelines to help reduce the risk of injury to out of position 1 40 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system occupants However all of the information cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The supplemen tal side air bags and curtain side impact air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are
145. d premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 96 If premium gasoline is not available unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of 87 AKI number Research octane number 91 may be temporarily used but only under the following precautions e Have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular gasoline and fill up with unleaded premium gasoline as soon as pos sible e Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt accelera tion However for maximum vehicle perfor mance the use of unleaded premium gaso line is recommended CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way cata lyst e Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system components and is not covered by the NISSAN vehicle limited warranty Gasoline specifications NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWWEFC specifi cations where it is available Many of the auto mobile manufacturers developed this specifica tion to improve emission control system and vehicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the WWFC specifications Reformulated
146. d the windows to fog up e Positioning of the heater or air con ditioner controls should not be done while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Start the engine and operate the controls to activate the air conditioner NOTE In your vehicle the air conditioner system is designed to automatically activate the cooling function when operating the air flow control dial the fan speed control dial or the air intake button The indicator light on the A C button will illuminate Push the A C button off when the cooling function is not necessary Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 9 AUTOMATIC OPERATION Cooling and or dehumidified heating AUTO This mode may be normally used all year round as the system automatically works to keep a constant temperature Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically 1 Turn the fan speed control dial and air flow control dial to the AUTO position The air conditioner will automatically turn on The A C button indicator light illuminates 2 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e Adjust the temperature to about 75 F 24 C for normal operation e The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also con trolled automatically A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditions as
147. d vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This in formation is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This informa tion Is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rating maximum total weight rating of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load pas sengers and cargo for the vehicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the subtracted weight of occu pants from the load limit VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicle shown as The combined weight of occupants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Capacity on the Tire and Load ing Information label To get the combined weight of occu pants and cargo add the weight of all occupants then add the total luggage weight Examples are shown in the fol lowing illustration Techni
148. dent Be sure the seat belt tongue is se curely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carry more people in the ve hicle than there are seat belts This vehicle has only two seating posi tions Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage area If the seat belt warning light glows continuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indi cate a malfunction in the system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 11 SA a YA Sit upright and well back Once the pre tensioner seat belt has activated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See a NISSAN dealer Removal and installation of the pre tensioner seat belt system compo nents should be done by a NISSAN dealer All seat belt assemblies including retractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any colli sion by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN recommends that all seat belt as Le he Ce gt semblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the collision was mi nor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use dur ing a collision should also be in spected and replaced if either dam age or imp
149. ding on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used If the air bag status light is not illuminated indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly the seat belt is used prop erly and the occupant is positioned properly If the air bag status light is still not illuminated try a different child restraint If the passenger air bag status light will not illuminate even though you believe that the child restraint the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat in which case the air bag is OFF A NISSAN dealer can check that the system is OFF by using a special tool However until you have confirmed with your dealer that your air bag is working properly do not transport a child in this vehicle The air bag system and passenger air bag status 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status However if the seat becomes unoccupied the air bag status light will remain off If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system the supplemental air bag warning light located in the meter and gauges area will blink Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Other supplemental front air bag precautions
150. do not put cargo over the satellite antenna Satellite radio is not available in Alaska and Hawaii AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Compact Disc CD player e During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the hu midity If this occurs remove the CD and Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 13 dehumidify or ventilate the player com e CDs that are of poor quality dirty pletely COMPACT scratched covered with fingerprints or e The player may skip while driving on CUS gt that have pin holes may not work prop rough roads R erly e The CD player sometimes cannot func e The following CDs may not work prop erly tion when the passenger compartment temperature is extremely high De crease the temperature before use EA EA e Copy control compact discs CCCD e Recordable compact discs CD R e Rewritable compact discs CD RW e Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunction e 3 1 in 8 cm discs e CDs that are not round e CDs with a paper label e CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges e This audio system can only play prere corded CDs CDs with MP3 or WMA format cannot be written in this audio system e Only use high quality 4 7 inches 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT e If the CD cannot be played one of the disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or following messages will be displ
151. e The keyfob can operate at a distance of approxi mately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle As many as 5 keyfobs can be used with one vehicle For information concerning the purchase and use of additional keyfobs contact a NISSAN dealer The keyfob will not function when e the battery is discharged e the distance between the vehicle and the keyfob is over 33 ft 10 m The panic alarm and the rear hatch trunk lid release will not activate when the key is in the ignition switch CAUTION The following conditions or occurrences will damage the keyfob e Do not allow the keyfob to become wet e Do not drop the keyfob e Do not strike the keyfob sharply against another object e Do not place the keyfob for an ex tended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C If a keyfob is lost or stolen NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that keyfob This will prevent the keyfob from unauthorized use to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure please contact a NISSAN dealer For information regarding the replacement of a battery see Keyfob battery replacement in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section C LOCK button 2 UNLOCK button p 3 HATCH TRUNK button sms 4 PANIC button p HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM Locking doors Ws 1 Remove the ignition
152. e API certification or Interna tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee ILSAC certification and SAE vis cosity standard These oils have the API certifi cation mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not necessary when the proper oil type is used and maintenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important that the engine oil viscosity be selected based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be operated before the next oil change The Rec ommended SAE viscosity number chart on the next page shows the recommended oil viscosi ties for the expected ambient temperatures Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recom mended could cause serious engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When replacing use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in Change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters
153. e This does not affect the water and air tightness of the seal e The inner surface of the trunk and top storage lids may show a fibrous or marbled pattern This is the normal appearance of the material used in these parts FUEL FILLER DOOR k SPA1508 SPA1509A OPENER OPERATION FUEL FILLER CAP highly explosive under certain condi To open the fuel filler door push the opener To remove the fuel filler cap turn it counter tions You could be burned or seri switch located below the instrument panel To clockwise ously injured if it is misused or mis OER ee Sem a he ect eecuiey 2 Hang the string of the cap on the hook A as handled Always stop the engine and shown while refueling do not smoke or allow open flames The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type Tighten or sparks near the vehicle when refu the cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks are eling heard e Fuel may be under pressure Turn the cap a third of a turn and wait for any A WARNING hissing sound to stop to prevent fuel from spraying out and possibly e Gasoline is extremely flammable and causing personal injury Then remove Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 23 the cap Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refuel ing may cause fuel overflow result ing in fuel spray and possibly a fire Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in
154. e and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approxi mately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indica tor is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alter nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to con tinue to function properly 5 4 Starting and driving Additional information e The TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire e The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle
155. e ON position 9 Push the UNLOCK gg button on the key fob again within 5 seconds e Passenger s door unlocks e The hazard indicator flashes once if all doors are completely closed All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute of pushing the UNLOCK button e Any door or rear hatch trunk lid is opened e The ignition switch is turned to the ON position The interior light can be turned off without waiting for 30 seconds by turning the ignition switch to the ON position or by locking the doors with the keyfob Opening the windows Push the UNLOCK gg button on the keyfob and the driver s door will unlock Continue to push the UNLOCK B button for 3 seconds All the door windows will start to be lowered Keep pushing the UNLOCK p but ton until the windows are fully open To stop lowering the windows release the UN LOCK button To start lowering the win dows again push the UNLOCK button again for 3 more seconds Releasing the rear hatch trunk lid 1 Push the HATCH TRUNK button on the keyfob for longer than 0 5 seconds with the key removed from the ignition switch 2 The rear hatch Coupe or trunk lid Road ster opens Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the alarm to call attention by pushing and holding the PANIC 3p button on the keyfob for longer than 0 5 seconds with the key remo
156. e auto loudness circuit enhances the low frequency range automatically in both radio re ception and CD playback Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 23 This audio system has an active noise compen sation feature called Audio Pilot The Audio Pilot uses a microphone to detect external road noise and automatically adjusts the amplifier to compensate for any competing high midrange or low frequency noise ON OFF Volume control Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON and then push the ON OFF VOL Volume control knob while the system is off to call up the mode radio or CD which was playing immediately before the system was turned off When no CD is loaded the radio will come on While the system is on pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob turns the system off Turn the ON OFF VOL control knob to adjust the volume AUDIO button Push the AUDIO button to change the selecting mode as follows BASS TREBLE FADE BALANCE gt AUDIOP To adjust Bass Treble Fader and Balance push the AUDIO button until the desired mode BASS TREBLE FADER or BALANCE ap pears in the display Push the TUNE W N orSEEK Y FH button to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired level Use the TUNE or SEEK button also to adjust Fader or Balance modes Fader adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers To change the AU
157. e key ring restart the engine using the following procedures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If this procedure allows the engine to start NISSAN recommends placing the registered key on a separate key ring to avoid interfer ence from other devices Statement related to section 15 of FCC rules for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys tem CONT ASSY BCM ANT ASSY IMMOBILIZER This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the follow ing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful in terference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including inter ference that may cause undesired opera tion of the device CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE PARTY RE SPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULD VOID THE USER S AUTHORITY TO OPER ATE THE EQUIPMENT gt SIC1699A Security indicator light This light A blinks whenever the ignition switch is in the LOCK OFF or ACC position This function indicates the security system equipped on the vehicle is operational If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is malfunctioning this light wil
158. e ne E 4 9 Steering wheel audio Controls cceeeeeee 4 29 Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants nsee 9 2 Changing engine coolant sssseeseesresrerrerrereeresn 8 9 Checking engine coolant level eee 8 8 Corrosion protection a yererpctctecetecte cea cipeeretiettorieese 7 6 Cruise COM Ol sence Seneca sntendecermcceastekeeesstverestenceewsnncetenent 5 16 CG p holders scores ersan EEE EEEE EEEE TES 2 35 Curtain side impact air bag system seses 1 40 D Daytime running light system ssssssrserrsrrrrs 2 26 Defroster switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWITCH iatacwcccisvstneatsnsternencttecvincesetouss 2 24 Dimensions and weights s sssssssssssssrsrrsrssrsrersrersrenns 9 9 Display controls See control panel buttons With navigation System sssrinin 4 2 Door open warning light ssssssssssessisrsrsrseren 2 13 Drive Dells sersmen teri 8 17 10 2 Driving Cold weather driving sssssssssssesresrssrssrerrereeresresens 5 25 Driving with automatic transmission 5 6 5 9 Driving with manual transmission 5 7 5 13 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 E Economy FUG ssecexestiacs vticatnsin ceonstervaniaesapecenieraens 5 18 Elapsed NMG sssini eea 2 10 Emission control information label 9 11 Emission control system warranty 9 24 Engine Before starting the engine sses 5 8 Break in schedule s sssssssssrsssessrsrierersrrrnssssnnen 5 18 Capacities and recommend
159. e only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident objects that could be thrown about in the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or an accident Do not use bottle holder for open liquid containers Instruments and controls 2 35 CONSOLE BOX Pushing the button will open the lid slightly then pull up the lid manually 2 The center console box is equipped with a card holder a WARNING The center console box should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation 2 36 Instruments and controls If objects coins etc fall into the rear section of the center console box remove the rear wall of the box as shown and pick up the objects CAUTION Be careful not to pinch your fingers when removing the rear wall 8 a SIC1975A REAR FLOOR BOX The rear floor box is located behind the passen ger s seat Fold the seat to use the rear floor box The rear floor box may be opened by pulling the handle The rear floor box light illuminates when the box lid is opened with the headlight switch ON When locking 4 or unlocking the rear floor box use the master key accident or a sudden stop STOWING GOLF BAGS Follow the instructions here to stow golf bags in the rear cargo space of your vehicle Normally two bags can be stowed in the luggage area Coupe models or one bag in the trunk Road ster models Ho
160. e running lights operate with the headlight switch in the OFF position or in the paz position Turn the headlight switch to the D position for full illumination when driving at night If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illuminate The daytime running lights illuminate once the parking brake is released The daytime running lights will remain on until the ignition switch is turned off WARNING When the daytime running light system is active tail lights on your vehicle are not on It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others TURN SIGNAL SWITCH 4 Turn signal Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is completed the turn signals cancel automatically 2 Lane change signal To indicate a lane change move the lever up or down to the point where lights begin flashing SIC3001 INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL The instrument brightness control operates when the light switch is in the paz or Z position and the ignition switch is in the ON position To adjust the brightness of instrument panel lights press the control switches located on the left side of the meter panel Pressing the upper switch A will brighten the lights The lower switch B will dim the lights Repeatedly press ing the lower switch will turn the lights off Instruments an
161. e steering wheel POWER on off switch With the ignition switch turned to the ACC or ON position push the POWER on off switch to turn the audio system on or off MODE select switch Push the MODE select switch to change the mode Without satellite radio AM FM1 FM2 and CD or CD changer With satellite radio AM FM1 FM2 SAT1 SAT2 and CD changer VOLUME control switches Push up or down the VOLUME control switch to increase or decrease the volume AA Tuning switch Memory change radio Push up or down the tuning switch for less than 1 5 seconds to change the radio frequency SEEK tuning radio Push up or down the tuning switch for more than 1 5 seconds to seek the next or previous radio station APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW CD or CD changer Push up or down the tuning switch for less than 1 5 seconds to return to the beginning of the present program or skip to the next program Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 29 Push several times to skip back or skip through programs This system searches for the blank intervals between selections If there is a blank interval within one program or there is no interval be tween programs the system may not stop in the desired or expected location FOLDER change CD changer CD with MP3 or WMA Push up or down the tuning switch for more than 1 5 seconds to change the folders if there are any folders DISC chan
162. e the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear vehicle handling driveability tire noise etc up to the vehicle s GVWR Tire size refer to Tire labeling later in this section Spare tire size or compact spare tire size if so equipped 3 Remove the gauge Cold Tire 4 Read the tire pressure on the gauge Inflation stem and compare it to the specifica Pressure tion shown on the Tire and Loading Frai Information label Original arn 5 Add air to the tire as needed If too ve uch a ia aidea prees te cork Ber ay zasiasRie 240 ke gauge stem to release pressure Re Ire check the pressure and add or release Snare 490 kPa air as needed Tire Poort 60 psi 6 Install the valve stem cap Checking the tire pressure 7 Check the pressure of all other tires Roadster Cold Tire 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the including the spare ala Inflation tire Pressure 2 Press the pressure gauge squarely Front 240 kPa onto the valve stem Do not press too ne 225 45R18 35 psi hard or force the valve stem sideways or air will escape If the hissing sound Rear 940 kPa of air escaping from the tire is heard A 245 45R18 35 psi while checking the pressure reposi
163. e top to the vehicle body Operating the top latch lever enables you to lock or unlock all three locking points at the same time CAUTION Before opening the top be sure to release the top latch After closing securely engage the top to the vehicle body To release the latch before opening the top Push the safety switch 2 The latch lever 8 is lowered 3 Swing the lever forward until the latch is released To engage the latch after closing the top Check that the top is in the fully closed position 4 Push the safety switch A 2 The latch lever B is lowered 3 Rotate the lever forward until the front edge of the top is completely joined to the vehicle body 4 Rotate the lever toward you and push it up into the stored position Make sure the top Is securely engaged to the vehicle body The soft top indicator light will flash with the ignition switch ON when the top is not en gaged See Soft top indicator light later in this section When releasing or engaging the top latch you may hear the latch operating This is normal and not a malfunction SPA1691 Soft top indicator light The soft top indicator light in the instrument panel shows the conditions of top operation The light illuminates when the soft top is being operated or if it is stopped before reaching the fully opened or closed position When the top is fully opened the light will turn off When the top is fully clo
164. e tread wear indica tors appear Because the T type spare tire is smaller than the original tire ground clearance is reduced To avoid dam age to the vehicle do not drive over obstacles Also do not drive the ve hicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself e Do not use the T type spare tire on other vehicles e Do not use more than one T type spare tire at the same time e Do not tow a trailer while the T type spare tire is installed 9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Fuel recommendation sssssssssssessnsrsnsnsnrnrnrnnrnrnnnrnenennenn nne 9 3 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation sses 9 5 Recommended SAE viscosity number sses 9 6 Air conditioner system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations secesciisccccsissisrennentashescccsivenccstenctseibenedtine 9 6 PIE CINCALIOMS oanien anaa 9 8 i913 E eee een T E nee ere eer eee 9 8 Wheels and tires oscsssicccaceatdscacecnssnwnssossscetunccedesbeitelvccnctddaaee 9 9 Dimensions and weights ssssssssssssssesisresssssnsnsnnsssnsnensnnns 9 9 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUNTY sssini hieraa a 9 10 Vehicle identification sssesessseseseseeenseensrerenrnrnensnnnennnnnrnennne 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Vehicle identification number chassis number 9 10 Engine serial NUMDET geccaccase
165. e use of the up shift indicator When the up shift indicator setting mode is selected the rom indicator blinks and the engine speed currently set is displayed The initial factory setting is 6 600 rpm The figure can be changed between 2 000 and 8 000 rpm by pushing trip computer setting switch B Press ing the switch for less than approximately 1 second will add the figure by 100 rpm If pushing for more than approximately 1 second the figure will increase by 500 rpm If the battery cable is disconnected the set engine speed will be returned to the initial figure 6 600 rpm Display priority If a low outside air temperature warning low dte distance to empty range warning and low tire pressure warning occur simul taneously other display modes switch au tomatically to the outside air temperature display When trip computer mode switch A is pressed the display switches to the mode chosen before the warning display but the ICY indicator will continue blinking Instruments and controls 2 1 1 WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS or Anti lock brake warning light Automatic transmission check warning CHECK light A T models BRAKE or Brake warning light Charge warning light r Door open warning light Engine oil pressure warning light Low tire pressure warning light CHECKING BULBS Apply the parking brake and turn the ignition key to ON without starting the engine The following light
166. e vehicle is stopped with the engine running for example at a stop light shift to N Neutral and release the clutch pedal with the foot brake applied Starting and driving 5 13 x1000r min N a A S Up shift indicator The manual transmission up shift indicator is located in the tachometer and shows the driver the timing to shift into a higher gear by illuminat ing The use of the up shift indicator will help you to upshift at a constant engine speed rpm from any gear The up shift indicator will start flashing when the engine speed is within about 500 rpm of the set figure while driving and then illuminate after the engine speed reaches the set figure The engine speed in revolutions per minute rom for upshifting can be set on the trip 5 14 Starting and driving computer display See Trip computer in the 2 Instruments and controls section for the display setting information Use the up shift indicator when driving as fol lows e If the maximum engine speed is desired set the figure at 6 600 rpm The indicator starts flashing from about 6 100 rpm and comes on steady at 6 600 rpm e If the maximum engine torque is desired set the figure at 4 800 rpm The indicator starts flashing from about 4 300 rpm and comes on steady at 4 800 rpm e Ifyou want to break in your vehicle use of the up shift indicator with a rather low figure will help you to avoid the high engine speed
167. e weight maximum gross axle weight The gross vehicle weight of the towing vehicle must not exceed GVWR shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label The gross vehicle weight equals the combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment In addition front or rear gross axle weight must not exceed GAWR shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certifica tion label TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION CHART Unit Ib kg MAXIMUM TOWING LOAD 1 000 454 MAXIMUM TONGUE LOAD 100 45 4 TOWING SAFETY Trailer hitch Choose a proper hitch for a vehicle and trailer Make sure the trailer hitch is securely attached to the vehicle to help avoid personal injury or property damage due to sway caused by cross winds rough road surfaces or passing trucks Hitch ball Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and weight rating for your trailer e The required hitch ball size is stamped on most trailer couplers Most hitch balls also have the size printed on top of the ball e Choose the proper class hitch ball based on the trailer weight e The diameter of the threaded shank of the hitch ball must be matched to the ball mount hole diameter The hitch ball shank should be Technical and consumer information 9 19 no more than 1 16 smaller than the hole in the ball mount e The threaded shank of the hitch ball must be long enough to be properly secured to the b
168. e will sound if the driver s side door is opened while the key is left in the ignition switch ignition switch is turned off Remove the key and take it with you when leaving the vehicle Light reminder chime The chime will sound when the driver s door is opened with the headlight switch on unless the key is in the ignition switch Make sure to turn the light switch off when you leave the vehicle Seat belt warning chime The chime will sound for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warn ings When a brake pad requires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard SECURITY SYSTEMS Your vehicle has two types of security systems as follows e Vehicle Security System e NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System The security condition will be shown by the security indicator light VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM The vehicle security system provides visual and audible alarm signals if someone opens the doors or rear hatch trunk lid when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it nor can it prevent the theft of interior or ex
169. ears WARNING Head restraints should be adjusted properly as they may provide significant protection against injury in an accident Do not remove them Check the adjust ment after someone else uses the seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 ACTIVE HEAD RESTRAINT except for ventilated net seats WARNING e Always adjust the head restraints properly as specified in the previous section Failure to do so can reduce the effectiveness of the active head restraint e Active head restraints are designed to supplement other safety systems Always wear seat belts No system can prevent all injuries in any acci dent e Do not attach anything to the head restraint stalks Doing so could im pair active head restraint function The head restraint moves forward utilizing the force that the seatback receives from the occu pant in a rear end collision The movement of the head restraint helps support the occupants head by reducing its backward movement and helping absorb some of the forces that may lead to whiplash type injuries Active head restraints are effective for collisions at low to medium speeds in which it is said that whiplash injury occurs most Active head restraints operate only in certain rear end collisions After the collision the head restraints return to their original positions Properly adjust the active head restraints as described in the previous section
170. ed fuel lubricants ea eeteaeteet eet eet eee 9 2 Changing engine coolant vsicsciaccicdanaascue 8 9 Changing engine oil and filter ee 8 10 Checking engine coolant level 8 8 Checking engine oil level eee 8 10 Coolant temperature gauge sees 2 6 Engine block heater sececssesceeeeeeenees 5 26 Engine compartment check locations 8 7 Engine cooling SYSLOM isieiceiceeetedcenscn 8 8 ACS OM aessa eaaecndaeees 8 10 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Engine oll VISCOSITY siiis ien 9 5 Engine serial NUMDEr ssssssssssssssrsrrsrerrrrnssrsrnnrn 9 11 Engine specifications scccrcsurcesencterrteeuseresdeenteerscre 9 8 If your vehicle OVErheats cscsccccsecscsseerssereeeeses 6 9 Oil pressure gauge ance tuiewaienSecteeex 2 7 Starting the engine ssssssseeseesrsseerssrerresrereeresreeresens 5 9 Event data recorders s ssssssssssresrsresrersrinesesnenesrsnnns 9 26 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide 5 2 F F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 11 Filter Air cleaner housing filter seess 8 18 Changing engine oil and filter eee 8 10 Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch 2 28 Flat tire aeieea N 6 2 Flat TOWING sec ds ave case aeiee ie 9 22 Floor mat cleaning sssssssssssssrssssrsnssierrnrenrnrsrnnssnsnnsrenns 7 5 Fluid Automatic transmission fluid ATF 000 8 12 Brake and clutch fluid sxccsssecarsrcuessssasdncusesrarsatens 8 13 Brake fl ldiesrcccsinncne
171. ed on straight ahead braking trac tion tests and does not include accel eration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B and C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sus tained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Technical and consumer information 9 23 WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading either separately or in combi nation can cause heat build up and possible tire failure 9 24 Technical and consumer information EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the following emission warranties For US e Emission Defects Warranty e Emissions Performance Warranty See Warranty Information Booklet for de tails For Canada e Emission Control System Warranty Detail
172. eeeees 3 26 Automatic adjusting function front WIL OW S stuiciarstieuesctcansndcevica Grane esctentsoedatsncies 9 41 Automatic passenger seatback tilt US co de creetcenaconatacaueesseapeceemnecorctceneee nent 1 5 3 17 Automatic transmission fluid ATF 08 8 12 Driving with automatic transmission 5 6 5 9 Avoiding Collision and rollOver 5 5 B Bate sucmnnanoi on 8 15 Battery saver SyYStem ssssssrsrrsrisrrrresrerrerrsrreresn 2 26 Before starting the engine ssssssssssrsissrerersrrsrenne 5 8 Belts See drive belts eseese 8 17 Booster seats cuniouetincteianeianeeeernenes 1 25 Brake Anti lock brake system ABS ssssseseee 5 21 Brake and clutch fluid cstessccseceotsansscctersstcicaosecves 8 13 Brake booster sssesesessesesrerenereresrsrrrerrnrnsrrrrenenrene 8 22 Brake TANG sti se ovo shentpivevensextucvstnentanapeiaesmmnemeniotess 8 14 Brake pedal check cscxceacncearcsacshieesvecaresecrsemeaestecs 8 21 Brake System sssissercsiricisrirerinieiicrinierainininerninna 5 20 Parking brake check isp cscvaccncessxesecuntnetenasbornacnes 8 21 Parking brake operation srccccccsecsecscccessteccneseces 5 15 Warning light deere nee enemy eer erearrecer er amen 2 13 Break in schedule waco escapes saucaertsevetarciaewsteenceeoesnzes 5 18 Brightness control Instrument panel seses 2 27 Bulb check instrument panel cceeeeee 2 12 B lb PVC AS I sees lace a 8 26 C Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Ca
173. eels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission If it is necessary to tow the vehicle with the front wheels raised always use towing dollies under the rear wheels When towing rear wheel drive mod els with the front wheels on the ground or on towing dollies Turn the ignition key to the OFF po sition and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or similar device Never secure the steering wheel by turning the ignition key to the LOCK position This may damage the steering lock mechanism 6 12 In case of emergency VEHICLE RECOVERY Freeing a stuck vehicle Use the recovery hook by installing it in the front of the vehicle The rear has no towing points 1 Remove the front license plate if so equipped 2 Remove the recovery hook cover from the bumper 3 Securely install the recovery hook stored with jacking tools Make sure that the hook is properly secured in the stored place after use WARNING e Stand clear of a stuck vehicle e Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged CAUTION Tow chains or cables must be at tached only to the vehicle recovery hooks or main structural members of the vehicle Otherwise the vehicle body will be damaged Do not use the vehicle tie downs to
174. egraded vehicle handling characteristics and or interference with the brake discs drums Such in terference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad shoe wear When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not origi nally specified by NISSAN could af fect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not install a deformed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail without warn ing e The use of retread tire is not recom mended e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety In formation Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be balanced as required Wheel balance service should be performed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the front wheels on the vehicle could lead to transmission damage For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Informa
175. ehicle These keys have a transponder chip in the key head The master key can be used for all the locks The valet key cannot be used for the rear floor box lock To protect belongings when you leave a key with someone give them the valet key only Never leave these keys in the vehicle Additional or replacement keys If you still have a key the key number is not necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys Your dealer can dupli cate your existing key As many as 5 keys can be used with one vehicle You should bring all the registered keys that you have to a NISSAN dealer for registration This is because the reg istration process will erase the memory of all key codes previously registered into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System After the registra tion process these components will only recog nize keys coded into the NISSAN Vehicle Immo bilizer System during registration Any key that is not given to your dealer at the time of registration will no longer be able to start your vehicle CAUTION Do not allow the NISSAN Vehicle Immo bilizer System key which contains an electrical transponder to come in con tact with salt water This could cause the system to malfunction DOORS WARNING e Always have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the
176. ehicle as soon as pos sible Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pres sure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still comes on while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as pos sible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not origi nally specified by NISSAN could af fect the proper operation of the TPMS CAUTION The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly e If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly e Besure to install the specified size of tires to the front and rear Low washer fluid warning light This light comes on when the washer fluid is at a low level Add washer fluid as necessary See Window washer fluid in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section Seat belt warning light The
177. ehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the tire pressure indicator mode is automatically se lected and the PSI indicator will blink in order to attract the driver s attention Push the trip com puter mode switch A if you wish to return to the mode that was selected before the warning occurred The PSI indicator will continue blinking until the tire pressure of each tire is properly adjusted For additional information see Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section and Flat tire in the 6 In case of emergency section Tire pressure shown in the display may rise or fall while driving depending on the driv ing conditions heat etc and or the out side temperature This does not indicate a system malfunction WARNING The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly and adjust it to the COLD tire pressure shown in the tire placard Up shift indicator setting rom for manual transmission models The up shift indicator setting mode is used to set the desired engine speed rpm for the up shift indicator situated in the tachometer to illuminate When the engine speed approaches or reaches the set figure the up shift indicator will flash or illuminate to show the driver the timing for shifting into a higher gear See Driving the vehicle in the 5 Starting and driving section for th
178. elerator downshift In D position For passing or hill climbing fully depress the accelerator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmission down into the lower gear depend ing on the vehicle speed 5 12 Starting and driving Fail safe When fail safe operation occurs the automatic transmission will be locked in 4th gear If the vehicle is driven under extreme con ditions such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case turn the ignition key OFF and wait for 3 seconds Then turn the key back to the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal operating con dition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have a NISSAN dealer check the transmission and repair if neces Sary Shift lock release If the battery charge is low or discharged the select lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed To move the selector lever depress the brake pedal apply the parking brake and push the shift lock release button by using a suitable tool as shown Push the selector lever button then the selector lever can be moved to N Neutral This allows the vehicle to be moved if the battery is discharged If the lever cannot be moved out of P Park have a NISSAN dealer check the automatic transmis sion system as soo
179. em and or the pre tensioner seat belt may not function prop erly For additional information see Supplemen tal restraint system in the 1 Safety Seats Instruments and controls 2 15 seat belts and supplemental restraint system section WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the supplemental front air bag supplemen tal side air bag curtain side impact air bag systems and or pre tensioner seat belt systems will not operate in an acci dent To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible INDICATOR LIGHTS Automatic transmission position indicator light A T models When the ignition key is turned to the ON position the indicator in the tachometer shows the automatic transmission selector lever posi tion See Driving the vehicle automatic trans mission in the 5 Starting and driving section 2 16 Instruments and controls Cruise main switch indicator light if so equipped The light comes on when the cruise control main switch is pushed The light goes out when the main switch is pushed again When the cruise main switch indicator light comes on the cruise control system Is operational Cruise set switch indicator light if so equipped The light comes on while the vehicle speed is controlled by the cruise control system If the light blinks while the engine is running it may
180. emas ee ra 2 42 Vehicle Dimensions and weights ssesssesseserersreressrnn 9 9 Identification number VIN 9 10 Loading information acs tte ete Seeeen ee eceercsterescenecads 9 14 Recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 12 Securty SY SUSI ereracticsttcenatesatitsin cence 2 19 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 30 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 5 23 Ventilated net SOAS ccc tech eaters oceiceceeceeccteneeeice 1 6 Ventilators merereese reer ere eer nern tener re treet re erie ener es 4 8 Volt mete isinne E 2 8 Ww Warning labels Air bag warning labels 1 43 Warning light Air bag warning light 1 43 2 15 Anti lock brake warning light 2 12 Brake warning light ssasctacercessrecnrdsecuttecacetteds donee 2 13 Door open warning light essees 2 13 Low tire pressure warning light sses 2 14 Seat belt warning light csestcteccvesetttsiecreecteeess 2 15 Warning NARS sesseur 2 12 Warning Hazard warning flasher switch 2 28 Warning Tire pressure monitoring system EE A N E A ETA 5 3 6 2 Warning Warning indicator lights and audible reM NdErS sssssssissrsrsresnsrerinsrnsrnnennnnennonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonennnae 2 12 Warranty Emission control system warranty 9 24 Washer switch Rear window wiper and washer switch 2 23 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 22 Washing sessin a eiteniehi kent 7 2 NN a ee EE E E Ea 7 3 Weights See dimensions and weights 9 9 W
181. ember that a moving vehicle is not the ideal place to listen to a radio Because of the move ment reception conditions will constantly change Buildings terrain signal distance and interference from other vehicles can work against ideal reception Described below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception MAXIMUM SIGNAL DISTANCES FM 25 to 30 mile 40 to 48 km e AM 60 to 130 mile 97 to 209 km FM RADIO RECEPTION Range FM range is normally limited to 25 to 30 miles 40 to 48 km with monaural single channel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM External influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 miles 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same characteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Static and flutter During signal interference from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by adjusting the treble control counterclockwise to reduce treble response Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signa
182. ent required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recom mended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may Starting and driving 5 25 be damaged and or vehicle handling and perfor mance may be adversely affected Never install the tire chains on a T type spare tire Do not use the tire chains on dry roads Tire chains must be installed only on the rear wheels and not on the front wheels SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter a scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades a sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support a shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow drifts extra window washer fluid to refill the reser voir tank 5 26 Starting and driving DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE WARNING Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much
183. er 18 Ignition switch steering lock 19 Navigation system display or Instrument pocket 20 Audio system Clock 21 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch 22 Hazard warning flasher switch 23 Cup holder 24 Heated seat switch if so equipped 25 Heater air conditioner control 26 Power outlet isda Ae 1e i7 ja 49309 Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual 1 Headlight turn signal switch 6 Cruise control main set switch 2 Instrument brightness control switch if so equipped 3 Steering wheel switch for audio control if so 7 Trip computer mode setting switch equipped 8 Wiper washer switch 4 Driver supplemental air bag Horn 9 Center ventilator 5 Meters gauges 10 Passenger supplemental air bag 2 2 Instruments and controls METERS AND GAUGES x1000r min Combination meter 5 1 Warning Indicator lights 2 Turn signal hazard indicator lights Instrument brightness control switch See Headlight and turn signal switch later in this section 6 Fuel gauge 3 Tachometer 4 Speedometer 7 Engine coolant temperature gauge 8 Automatic transmission position indicator or Manual transmission shift up indicator See Driving the vehicle in the 5 Starting and driving section 9 Reset knob for trip odometer 10 Odometer Total Twin trip 11 Trip computer setting switch See Trip computer later in this section 12 Trip computer mode switc
184. eration is done within 10 seconds or if the BACK button is pushed the display will return to the previous display VENTILATORS SAA0601 CENTER VENTILATORS SIDE VENTILATORS Adjust the air flow direction of ventilators Adjust the air flow direction of ventilators by A l i ill Moving the lever up or down will open O opening closing or rotating as illustrated close B the vents To change the air flow direction turn the dial 4 8 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER Automatic 1 Air flow control dial 2 Temperature control dial The display of degrees 60 75 90 is used for F US 18 25 39 is used for C Canada 3 Fan speed control dial 4 Rear window defroster button See the 2 Instruments and controls sec tion 5 Air intake button Air recirculation and Fresh air 6 A C air conditioner button 4A WARNING e The air conditioner cooling function operates only when the engine is running On hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly be come high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others in your ve hicle Unattended pets should also not be left alone e Donotuse the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale an
185. es a convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual hand held transmitters into one built in device HomeLink Universal Transceiver e Will operate most Radio Frequency RF devices such as garage doors gates home and office lighting entry door locks and se curity systems e s powered by your vehicle s battery No separate batteries are required If the vehi cle s battery is discharged or is discon nected HomeLink will retain all program ming Once the HomeLink Universal Transceiver is programmed retain the original trans mitter for future programming procedures for example new vehicle purchases Upon sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes For additional information refer to Pro gramming HomeLink later in this sec tion WARNING Do not use the HomeLink Universal Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by fed eral safety standards These stan dards became effective for opener models manufactured after April 1 1982 A garage door opener which cannot detect an object in the path of a closing garage door and then auto matically stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety stan dards Using a garage door opener without these features increases the risk of serious injury or death During the programming procedure your
186. esnrinniecstnccensss 1 35 Air bag system Advanced air bag System sessies 1 35 Front passenger air bag and status light 1 37 Side and CUTAN rsrsrsr ifeni sis 1 40 Air bag warning labels gs escsccecacscsiesasezerceceiecrcexertcecnues 1 43 Air bag warning light neseser 1 43 2 15 Air cleaner housing TCM ccc srseiecceicecteceercertteanctennens 8 18 Air conditioner Air conditioner operation csccceececeeeeeees 4 9 Air conditioner Service sesser 4 9 4 12 Air conditioner specification label 9 12 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendationS sses 4 12 9 6 Heater and air conditioner automatic 4 9 Alarm How to stop alarm see vehicle security SYST acra 2 20 Alcohol drugs and driving ssssssssssssersrsrrsrrssrsrsnn 5 5 Anchor point location Top tether strap 1 24 ANTENN Acen e e eden 4 30 Anti lock Brake System ABS ssssssssseseesees 5 21 Anti lock brake warning light 2 12 Appearance care Exterior appearance CALE qu ee eeccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 2 Interior appearance CALE eececeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 5 Audible reminders a coesctree etter eee ered 2 18 Audio operation precautions ecceeceeeee 4 13 PICO SYStE M car ctassincacerrerecetentctenyidatdetererenesetauresitaiars 4 12 Steering wheel audio Controls ceeeeee 4 29 Autochanger Compact Disc CD xcciceerterocercentirnnreics 4 26 Automatic Anti glare inside MIrrOr csececeeeeee
187. etractors are designed to lock belt movement using two separate methods e when the belt is pulled quickly from the retractor e when the vehicle slows down rapidly You can check their operation as follows grasp the shoulder belt and pull quickly for Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 15 ward The retractor should lock and restrict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any questions about belt operation see a NISSAN dealer Shoulder belt arm The shoulder belt arm should be adjusted to the position best for you See Precautions on seat belt usage earlier in this section To adjust pull the shoulder belt arm Pulling the arm forward will allow an easy access to the belt SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender is available The ex tender adds approximately 8 in 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or passenger seating position See a NISSAN 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system dealer for assistance if the extender is required WARNING e Only NISSAN seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the original equipment seat belts should be used with NISSAN seat belts e Persons who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such
188. f Maintenance requirements ccececeeeseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 2 General Maintenance seseceesesesceeeeeteeeeeeeeaeeeteeseeseeeeenes 8 2 Explanation of general maintenance items 8 2 Maintenance preCautions eccccsesccseeseeeeeeeeseeeteeeeetees 8 5 Engine compartment check locations essees 8 7 Engine cooling System s sesssssssssssssrsrssesnsusnsnnunsnsnsnnnnenensnnne 8 8 Checking engine coolant level sssssesssrsrsresrsrsene 8 8 Changing engine coolant ssssssssessssesssrisrsresreresrerssrsnns 8 9 alg 3 1 6 ge mrp eee teen eee eeepc tment eer ene cepey mr 8 10 Checking engine oil level eeeseeeeeeeeeseeteteeeeeees 8 10 Changing engine oil and filter essees 8 10 Automatic transmission fluid eceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeereeees 8 12 Power steering fluid ssesssssssssssssrsusrsnnensnsnssnnnennnsnesnnnsnsnnnnnns 8 13 Brake and clutch fluid ssssssssssssssssssssensrsnssnnnensnsnesnsnsnsnsnnsns 8 13 Brake Md See eee nee eee ener ee eee 8 14 Ea ET o EA E 8 14 Window washer fluid sssessssssssssesersrsnesnsnensnsnesnsnsusnnnnensnsnnne 8 14 B e err arene ee eevee eee ererer 8 15 Junio Aa ssis 8 17 Dive pelts xh ne cae cence estes 8 17 Park PUGS aaa aa neees 8 18 Replacing spark plUgS cessesetacccnertacecuenndeersreceeacenonsteceans 8 18 Fa Ss ctc do qaerenrerne emer Serr tree trea i 8 18 Windshield wiper blades s zccececceecctacsceeertacencssiectecastteenediees 8 19 O e NE E
189. f possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your ve hicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected e Never install the tire chains on a T type spare tire e Do not use the tire chains on dry roads e Tire chains must be installed only on the rear wheels and not on the front wheels CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation Tires cannot be rotated in this vehicle as front tires are different size from rear tires and the direction of wheel rotation Is fixed in each tire A pin is on the front brake rotor to prevent the rear wheels from being installed in place of the front wheels The spare tire can be installed in place of the front and rear wheels When installing the spare tire in the front wheel the hole in the spare tire wheel must be aligned with the pin on the brake rotor Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 i dJ saul 1 Wear indicator 2 Wear indicator location mark Tire wear and damage 4A WARNING e Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bulging or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself the tire s should be replaced The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When the wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced Tires degrade with age a
190. f the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury MANUAL TRANSMISSION The ignition switch includes a device that helps prevent accidental removal of the key while driving The key can only be removed when the ignition switch is in the LOCK position To turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position from the ACC or ON position turn the key to the OFF position push the key in then turn the key to the LOCK position There is an OFF position 4 in between the LOCK and ACC positions The OFF position is indicated by a 1 on the key cylinder In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 6 of a turn clockwise from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel turn the key to the LOCK position Remove the key To unlock the steering wheel insert the key and turn it gently while rotating the steer ing wheel slightly right and left WARNING Never remove or turn the key to the LOCK position while driving The steer ing wheel will lock This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury KEY POSITIONS The switch includes an anti theft steering lock device LOCK Normal parking position 0 The ignition key can only be removed when the switch is in this position Starting and driving 5 7 OFF 1 The engine can be turned off without locking the steering wheel The igniti
191. flate the ve hicle tires to the recommended cold tire pressure indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label e Trailer tire condition size load rating and proper inflation pressure should be in accordance with the trailer and tire manufacturers specifications Trailer lights CAUTION When splicing into the vehicle electrical system a commercially available power type module converter must be used to provide power for all trailer lighting This unit uses the vehicle bat tery as a direct power source for all trailer lights while using the vehicle tail light stoplight and turn signal circuits as a signal source The module converter must draw no more than 15 milliamps from the stop and tail lamp circuits Using a module converter that exceeds these power requirements may damage the vehicle s electrical system See a reputable trailer dealer to obtain the proper equipment and to have it installed Trailer lights should comply with federal and or local regulations When wiring the vehicle for towing connect the stop and tail light pickup into the vehicle electrical circuit at a point be tween the sensor and stop light or light switch Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a braking system make sure it conforms to federal and or local regulations and that it is properly installed WARNING Never connect a trailer brake system directly to the vehicle brake system Pre towing tips e Be
192. from center and side ventila tors and foot outlets spd Air flows mainly from foot outlets wy Air flows from defroster and foot out lets yy Alir flows mainly from defroster outlets To turn the system off Turn the fan speed control dial to the OFF position OPERATING TIPS When the engine coolant temperature and out side air temperature are low the air flow from the foot outlets may not operate for a maximum of 150 seconds However this is not a malfunction After the coolant temperature warms up the air flow from the foot outlets will operate normally f a xS SAA0603 Sensor A on the instrument panel helps main tain a constant temperature do not put anything on or around this sensor Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 1 1 SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER The air conditioning system in your NISSAN vehicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant will not harm the earth s ozone layer How ever special charging equipment and lubricant are required when servicing your NISSAN air conditioner Using improper refrigerants or lubri cants will cause severe damage to your air conditioning system See Capacities and rec ommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for air con ditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recom mendations A NISSAN dealer will be able to service your enviro
193. fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way cata lyst e Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system components and is not covered by the NISSAN vehicle limited warranty For additional information see Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Techni cal and consumer information section ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION e API Certification Mark e API grade SG SH Energy Conserving amp Il or API grade SJ or SL Energy Conserving e ILSAC grade GF l GF Il amp GF IIl e SAE 5W 30 viscosity oil is preferred for all ambient temperatures SAE 10W 30 viscos ity oil may be used for ambient temperatures above O F 18 C See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for engine oil and oil filter recommendation COLD TIRE INFLATION PRESSURES See Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver s side center pillar NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCEDURES RECOMMENDATION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of ve hicle use follow the recommendations outlined in the Break in schedule information found in the 5 Starting and driving section of th
194. g it will automati cally turn off and the compact disc will play CAUTION e Do not force the compact disc into the slot This could damage the player e Do not use 3 1 in 8 cm discs If the system has been turned off while the compact disc was playing pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob will start the com pact disc CD LOAD To insert a CD in the CD changer push the LOAD button for less than 1 5 seconds Select the loading slot by pushing the CD insert select button 1 to 6 then insert the CD To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer in succes sion push the LOAD button for more than 1 5 seconds The inserted slot numbers will illuminate on the display ICD6 CD PLAY When the cp6 CD play button is pushed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD6 button is pushed with the com pact disc loaded but the tape or the radio playing the tape or radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play CD PLAY INFORMATION When the DISP button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is being played the play time will be displayed When the DISP button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the disc information display will change CD B Disc title Track title Title off CD with MP3 or WMA B Folder title File title T
195. g if the belt is loose broken or missing Door open warning light This light comes on when any of the doors and or rear hatch are not closed securely while the ignition switch is in the ON position Instruments and controls 2 13 Engine oil pressure warning light This light warns of low engine oil pressure If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other authorized repair shop The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause serious damage to the engine almost immediately Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so Low tire pressure warning light Your vehicle is equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare The low tire pressure warning light warns of low 2 14 Instruments and controls tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly After the ignition switch is turned ON this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pres sure the warning light will illuminate The PSI indicator will al
196. g may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate 2006 NISSAN MOTOR CO LTD TOKYO JAPAN All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan Motor Co Ltd NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM NISSAN CARES Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide NISSAN directly with comments or questions please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department using our toll free number For U S customers 1 800 NISSAN 1 1 800 647 7261 For Canadian customers 1 800 387 0122 The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information Your name address and telephone number Vehicle identification number attached to the top of the instrument panel on the driver s side Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your NISSAN dealer s name Your comments or questions OR You can write to NISSAN with the information on the left at For U S
197. ge CD changer CD without MP3 or WMA Push up or down the tuning switch for more than 1 5 seconds to change the playing disc up or down ANTENNA The antenna is located at the rear of the vehicle To remove the antenna turn it counterclockwise To reinstall it screw it securely into the base CAUTION Be sure to remove the antenna before entering a low roof garage or an auto matic car wash Otherwise the antenna may be damaged 4 30 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a CB ham radio or car phone in your NISSAN vehicle be sure to observe the following cautions otherwise the new equip ment may adversely affect the Engine Control system and other electronic parts 4A WARNING e A cellular telephone should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular telephones while driving e If you must make a call while your vehicle is in motion the hands free cellular phone operational mode if so equipped is highly recommended Exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e If a conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 31 MEMO 4 32 Display screen heater air conditi
198. ght Rear combination light Side marker Stop Tail License plate lights 10 Rear combination light Back up Turn signal Replacing If replacement is required see a NISSAN dealer Xenon headlight bulb Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Front turn signal light 3457NA Front park light T10 Front side marker light Rear combination light Upper Stop Tail Side marker Rear combination light Lower Back up Turn signal License plate light x 2 High mounted stop light Spot light Luggage compartment light Coupe Trunk light Roadster Replacement procedures Vanity mirror light All other lights are either type A B C or D When replacing a bulb first remove the lens and or Rear floor box light cover Cup holder light See a NISSAN dealer for replacement 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself Interior light Coupe Interior light Roadster Z ETAN Interior light Roadster Be careful not to snap the nails on the plastic cover when removing It Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 License plate light 2 lights gS SDI1401A 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself WHEELS AND TIRES TIRE PRESSURE Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the tire pressure monitoring system TPMS It monitors tire pres sure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light i
199. h See Trip computer later in this section Instruments and controls 2 3 The odometer records the total distance the vehicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips SIC1948 SIC1949A Triple meter 1 Speedometer Bye em petet S n 2 Engine oil pressure gauge 4 Reset knob for trip odometer as SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle speed in miles per hour MPH and kilometers per hour km h Odometer Twin trip odometer The odometer twin trip odometer are displayed when the ignition switch is in the ON position 2 4 Instruments and controls Changing the display Pushing the reset knob changes the display as follows TRIP A gt TRIP B gt TRIP A Resetting the trip odometer Pushing the reset knob for more than 1 second resets the trip odometer to zero serious engine damage 1 v oS x1000r min E e N N w a SIC1950A Tachometer Transmission indicator TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo lutions per minute rpm Do not rev engine into the red zone A CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear Operating the engine in the red zone may cause Instruments and controls 2 5 we SIC2371A ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine coolant tem perature The engine coolant temperature is within the
200. h it off with clean water e Do not apply direct water pressure such as high pressured water from household hoses on the lining of the soft top and vehicle body as this may cause water to leak into the inside of your vehicle After cleaning always be sure the top and its storage are completely dry before opening the top Opening the top while it is wet or damp may cause interior water damage water stains or mildew on the top WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before reapplying wax A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product e Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash ing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax e Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the surface of the paint to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory store UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter the underbody must be cleaned regularly This will prevent dirt and salt from
201. he engine misfires or if noticeable loss of performance or other unusual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle in spected promptly by a NISSAN dealer e Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damag ing the three way catalyst e Do not race the engine while warm ing it up e Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle plac ard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire infla tion pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pres sure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pres Starting and driving 5 3 sure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel effi ciency and tire tread lif
202. he following points in mind e choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 e check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system e if the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is de signed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures The passenger seat is not suitable for use with a rear facing child restraint for infants Therefore infants should not be transported in this vehicle All U S states and Canadian provinces re quire that infants and small children be restrained in approved child restraints at all times while the vehicle is being oper ated 4A WARNING Improper use of a child restraint can increase the risk or severity of injury for both the child and other occu pants of the vehicle Follow all of the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for installation and use When purchasing a child restraint be sure to select one which will fit your child and vehicle It may not be possible to properly install some types of child restraints in your vehicle If the child restraint is not anchored properly the risk of
203. he vehicle body 3 22 Fuekniler GOON qaenmeerereerrter meterrerr aera ererenr erates rare Seren cert 3 23 Opener operation sssisssavssianncanssnsyexnronesvevessvarsecotassnensnanes 3 23 ger baile gece aooiee 3 23 SLSETING WHEE sicsesnscsccsesnenptaresctarsiccnnacsianncoueassasatalidaambnaace 3 25 WAM OO A OU cet cesta cece seen edo ee caeeas en teeta 3 25 BU PAS E E E E E 3 25 PII OS a E E 3 26 inside mIrT assess acces seycentueseteceeectenteadentcoesterteceeetsteevesace 3 26 Automatic anti glare inside mirror fso eguipped meen nae teen ene ee eee 3 26 Outside MITOS crscnascrsan E 3 27 KEYS SPA1379D 1 Master keys 2 Valet key 3 Key number plate With built in transponder chip A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number NISSAN does not record any key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key this key can be 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments duplicated by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM KEYS You can only drive your vehicle using the master or valet keys which are registered to the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your v
204. heel tire SiZ sssssssssssssrssrsrrsreresnsnesionnnirnnnsnnnennsnennnnns 9 9 Wheels and tires sssssssssssrsrssisnssisnssesnennnrenssrsnsnnsnennn 8 30 Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels ssassn 7 4 Window washer fluid sssssssssssssssssrssrsrsrrrenesnsnesnennnrns 8 14 Window s Automatic adjusting fUMCtON sses 2 41 Cleaning sosite ee ee emer E 7 3 Power WING OW Si caczncre ee tees ceercetense teeccseraneercntens 2 39 Windshield wiper and washer Switch 2 22 Wiper Rear window wiper and washer switch 2 23 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 22 Wiper blades sssssssssssssssrsrssrensresnsrnnrsrsnrenesesnrrnnrnns 8 19 X Xenon headlightS ssssssssssssrsrrsrsresnsnennnnninnssrsnsnesnrnns 2 25 10 7 MEMO 10 8 GAS STATION INFORMATION FUEL RECOMMENDATION Use unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 96 If premium gasoline is not available unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of 87 AKI number Research octane number 91 may be temporarily used but only under the following precautions e Have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular gasoline and fill up with unleaded premium gasoline as soon as pos sible e Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt accelera tion However for maximum vehicle perfor mance the use of unleaded premium gaso line is recommended CAUTION e Using a
205. his system will not proceed to the next step display To proceed to the next step refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Li Information gt Maintenance 6000 12000 18000 ae flom iE 6000 12000 18000 miles HOW TO USE INFO BUTTON When the INFO button is pushed the Main tenance screen will be displayed Maintenance information To set the maintenance interval for the Engine Oil or Oil Filter choose an item using the joystick and push the ENTER button You can also set to display a message to remind you that the maintenance needs to be per formed The following example shows how to set the engine oil change interval Use the same steps Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 3 Maintenance display cannot be operated when the vehicle is moving Stop the vehicle in a safe place to see the information to set the other maintenance information Li Information gt Engine Oil z _Reset Distance E o eooo 12000 18000 ft Interval 0 Omie Interval Reminder 0 6000 12000 18000 O Oo oN SAA1291 1 Reset the driving distance to the new main tenance schedule 2 Set the interval mileage of the maintenance schedule To determine the recommended maintenance interval refer to your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide 3 To display the MAINTENANCE INFORMA TION automatically when the set trip distance is rea
206. ially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icy roads NISSAN recommends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability information 2 For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some provinces and states prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of stud ded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires 3 Tire chains may be used CAUTION Tire chains cables cannot be installed on 265 35R19 size tires Installation of the tire chains cables on 265 35R19 size tires will cause damage to the ve hicle If you plan to use tire chains cables you should install 245 45R18 size tires on your vehicle Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are of proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE Class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are designed to meet the SAE standard minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body compon
207. icate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moder ate personal injury or damage to your vehicle To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed carefully If you see this symbol it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen autos If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustration it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle S amp 7 g Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action gt Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING WARNING Engine exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm In addition certain fluids contained in ve hicles and certain products of compo nent wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other repro ductive harm CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVISORY Some vehicle parts such as lithium batteries may contain perchlorate material The following advisory is provided Perchlorate Material special handlin
208. ies The actual refill capacities may be a little different When refilling follow the procedure instructed in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Capacity Approximate Recommended US Imp Liter specifications measure measure Fuel 20 gal 16 5 8 gal 76 Unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI RON 96 1 Engine oil Drain and refill 2 With oil filter change 5 qt 4 1 8 qt 4 7 e API Certification Mark 3 4 0 API grade SG SH Energy Conserving amp Il or API grade SJ or SL Energy Conserving 3 4 Without oil filter change 4 5 8 qt 3 7 8 qt 4 4 e ILSAC grade GF I GF Il amp GF IIl 2 3 Cooling system With reservoir 9 1 4 qt 7 5 8 qt 8 7 f f Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent Reservoir 7 8 qt 3 5 qt 0 8 Automatic transmission fluid Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF 5 Mei PE ET mei _ B _ Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Fluid MTF HQ Multi 75W 85 or API GL 4 Viscosity sel ae aaa SAE 75W 85 or 75W 90 Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL 5 80W 90 or API GL 5 Viscosity SAE Differential gear oil 80W 90 6 Power steering fluid PSF Refill to the proper fluid level according to the instructions in Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent 7 Brake and clutch fluid the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid 8 or equivalent DOT 3 U S FMVSS No 116 Multi purpose g
209. ification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Depart ment of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number 2 Two digit code Manufacturer s identi fication mark 3 Two digit code Tire size 4 Three digit code Tire type code Op tional 5 Three digit code Date of Manufacture 6 Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire 3 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others 4 Maximum permissible inflation pres sure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure 5 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire 6 Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an inner tube tube type or not tubeless 7 The word radial The word radi
210. ilated net seat has this built in heater only in the seat cushion part not in the seatback CAUTION e The battery could be discharged if The seats are warmed by built in heaters The switches are located on the center console 1 Start the engine 2 Select heat range 1 For high heat push the High side of the switch 2 For low heat push the m Low side of the switch 3 For no heat the switch has a center OFF position between low and high The indicator light A in the switch will illuminate when low or high is selected the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running Do not use the seat heater for ex tended periods or when no one is using the seat Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blan ket cushion seat cover etc Other wise the seat may become over heated Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the heater Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth When cleaning the seat never use gasoline benzine thinner or any similar materials If any abnormalities are found or the heated seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Instruments and controls 2 29 VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH if so equipped SIC 1881 The vehicle should be driven w
211. intenance and do it yourself and correct it See Precautions when starting and driving in the 5 Starting and driving section for exhaust gas carbon monoxide Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected imme diately Power steering fluid level and lines Check the level in the reservoir tank with the engine off Check the lines for proper attachment leaks cracks etc Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation deterioration or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances other wise rust will form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and around the exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thoroughly flushed with plain water being careful to clean those areas where mud and dirt may accumu late For additional information see Cleaning exterior in the 7 Appearance and care sec tion Window washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the tank MA
212. ion Follow these procedures for maximum ve hicle performance and driving enjoyment Starting the vehicle After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal and push the selector lever button before shifting the selector lever to the R Re verse N Neutral D Drive or Manual shift mode position Be sure the vehicle is fully stopped before attempting to shift the selector lever This automatic transmission model is de signed so that the foot brake pedal must be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch is ON The selector lever cannot be moved out of P Park position and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition key is turned to the LOCK OFF or ACC position or if the Starting and driving 5 9 key is removed from the ignition switch Never shift to P Park or D Drive a 1 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and while vehicle is moving backward Q push the selector lever button to shift into a These could causecan acident ye driving gear 2 Release the parking brake and foot brake i enue then gradually start the vehicle in motion A CAUTION Uy shift gate A WARNING When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by de e Do not depress the accelerator pedal pressing the accelerator pedal The foot while shifting from P Park or N brake should be used for this purpose Neutral to R Reverse D Drive or manual shift mode Alw
213. ir cleaner removed Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CAUTION e After wiper blade replacement return the wiper arm to its original position Otherwise it may be damaged when the engine hood is opened e Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arms may be damaged from wind pressure e Worn windshield wiper blades can damage the windshield and impair driver vision CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your wind shield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean the blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent Then rinse the blade with clear water If your wind shield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper replace the blades Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn 1 Pull the wiper arm 2 Push the release tab A then move the wiper blade down the wiper arm to remove 4 3 Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until a click sounds 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself SDI1730A If
214. ired by the regulations Failing to properly secure child restrains and to use the automatic locking mode child restraint mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop This can also result in the passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF See Child restraints earlier in this section for proper use and installation If the front passenger seat is not occupied the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object being detected by the occupant classification sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occu pants are seated and restrained properly Using the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag is automatically turned OFF with the seat occu pied The light will not illuminate when the front passenger seat is unoccupied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passenger air bag status light is illuminated indicating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat properly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depen
215. is Owner s Manual Follow these recommenda tions for the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle QUICK REFERENCE Engine oil P 8 10 Brake fluid P 8 13 Meters and gauges P 2 3 Fuel filler door release P 3 23 Hood release P 3 8 Seat belt P 1 10 Door lock key P 3 2 Rear hatch release Coupe P 3 9 or Trunk lid release Roadster P 3 10 Engine coolant P 8 8 Window washer fluid P 8 14 Power steering fluid P 8 13 Battery P 8 15 Audio system P 4 12 Heater and air conditioner P 4 9 Soft top Roadster models P 3 13 Fuel P 3 23 P 9 3 Spare tire P 6 3 P 8 39 NISSAN Printing July 2006 23 Publication No OMGE OZ33U 1 Printed in Japan Zoo
216. is supported only by a jack If it is nec essary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from the fuel tank and battery e On gasoline engine models with the multiport fuel injection MFI system the fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off CAUTION e Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down e Avoid contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed en gine oil engine coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the envi ronment Always conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid This 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is also avail able See Owner s Manual Service Manual or Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 der information in the 9 Technical and con sumer information section You should be aware that incomplete or im proper servicing may result in operating difficul ties or excessive emissions and could affect your warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing have it done by a NISSAN dealer 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS Fuse fusible
217. is RSS interfering with the proper child restraint fit N SSS0301D SSS0360B Front facing step 2 Front facing step 3 Front facing 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you If you must install a child restraint in the front hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to seat follow these steps follow the child restraint manufacturer s in 1 Turn the seatback tilt cancel switch to the structions for belt routing CANCEL position Roadster models only 2 Position the child restraint on the front pas senger seat Move the seat to the rear most position Adjust the head restraint to its highest position if so equipped Always follow the restraint manufacturer s instruc tions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If nec Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 21 SSS0651 Front facing step 4 Front facing step 5 4 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the extended At this time the seat belt retractor shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt is in the automatic locking mode child re straint mode It reverts to emergency locking mode when the seat belt is fully retracted 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 6 Front facing step 6 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt pre
218. is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON the radio will come on at the station last played The last station played will also come on when the power knob is turned to ON If a compact disc is playing when the RADIO band select button is pushed the compact disc will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on The FM stereo indicator ST will glow during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception TUNE Tuning WARNING The radio should not be tuned while 4 20 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Push the TUNE button wy or M_ for manual tuning To move quickly through the channels push and hold either side of the TUNE button down for more than 0 5 seconds SEEK tuning Push the SEEK button or AW to tune from high to low or low to high frequencies and stops at the next broadcasting station SCAN SCAN tuning Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low to high frequencies and stops at each broad casting station for 5 seconds Pushing the but ton again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next sta tion Station memory operations Twelve station
219. ith the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system on for most driving conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system push the VDC OFF switch located on the lower side of the instrument panel The indicator light will come on Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the 2 30 Instruments and controls engine to turn on the system See Vehicle dynamic control VDC system in the 5 Start ing and driving section TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM TCS OFF SWITCH if so equipped The vehicle should be driven with the Traction Control System TCS on for most driving con ditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the TCS reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the TCS off To turn off the Traction Control System TCS push the TCS OFF switch located on the lower side of the instrument panel The indicator light will come on Push it again or restart the engine to turn the system back on See Traction control system TCS in the 5 Starting and driving section
220. ith used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep coolant out of reach of children and pets Open radiator drain plug at the bottom of radiator and remove radiator filler cap Be careful not to allow coolant to con tact drive belts Waste coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations Close the radiator drain plug securely after the coolant is drained Fill the radiator slowly with the proper mixture of anti freeze solution and demineralized water distilled water Fill the reservoir tank up to the MAX level Then install the radiator filler cap Start the engine and warm it up until it reaches normal operating temperature Then race the engine 2 or 3 times under no load Watch the engine coolant temperature gauge for signs of overheating Stop the engine After it completely cools down refill the radiator up to the filler open ing Fill the reservoir tank up to the MAX level Check the drain plug for any sign of leakage Recheck the coolant level after the vehicle has been driven for a day Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 ENGINE OIL CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply parking brake Run the engine until it reaches operating temperature Turn off the engine Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Remove the dip
221. k support e Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary e Never use blocks on or under the jack SCE0491 SCE0410A e Do not start or run the engine while Roadster models Jack up point vehicle is on the jack as it may cause Roadster models Jacking up the vehicle and removing the vehicle to move This is especially 1 Spare tire Turn the retainer counterclock the damaged tire true for vehicles with limited slip dif wise to remove ferentials 2 Jack Unfasten the belt and lift the jack up A WARNING e Do not allow passengers to stay in to remove the vehicle while it is on the jack 3 Jacking tools They are in the tool bag e Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is necessary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instruc tions e Use only the jack provided with your 1 Place the jack directly under the jack up point vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use as illustrated above so that top of the jack the jack provided with your vehicle contacts the vehicle at the jack up point Align the jack head between the two notches 6 4 In case of emergency in the front or the rear as shown Also fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown The jack should be used on level firm ground 2 Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut
222. key 1 2 2 Close all the doors 3 3 Push the LOCK button on the keyfob Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 4 All the doors will lock All of the doors will lock when the LOCK A button on the keyfob is pushed even though a door remains open and or the ignition switch is in the ON position 5 The hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once e When the LOCK button is pushed with all doors locked the hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once as a reminder that the doors are already locked 1 Doors lock with the keyfob while a key is in the ignition switch However the panic alarm and the rear hatch trunk lid release will not activate when the key is in the ignition switch 2 Doors lock with the keyfob while the ignition switch is in the ON position However the hazard indicator and horn will not function 3 Doors lock with the keyfob while any door is open However the hazard indicator and horn will not function Unlocking doors 1 Push the UNLOCK gQ _ button on the key fob once 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments e The driver s door and rear hatch trunk lid unlock e The hazard indicator flashes once if all doors are completely closed with the ignition switch in any position except the ON position e The interior light turns on and the light timer activates for 30 seconds when the switch is in the DOOR position with the ignition switch in any position except th
223. l played will also come on when the ON OFF VOL control knob is pushed to ON If a compact disc is playing when the RADIO band select button is turned to ON the compact disc will automatically be turned off and the last radio station channel played will come on The FM stereo indicator ST will glow during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception If the satellite radio signal is lost due to interfer ence while driving in a parking structure or tunnel for example NO SIGNAL will be dis played and no satellite radio station will be available TUNE Tuning WARNING The radio should not be tuned while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Push the TUNE button xy or M_ for manual tuning To move quickly through the channels push and hold either side of the TUNE button down for more than 0 5 seconds Dw A SEEK tuning For FM and AM radio Push the SEEK button or AW to tune from high to low or low to high frequencies and stops at the next broadcasting station For satellite radio Push the SEEK button S or AW to seek channels of the next or previous category SCAN SCAN tuning Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low to high frequencies and stops at each broad casting station for 5 seconds Pushing the but ton again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio wi
224. l remain on while the ignition switch is in the ON position If the light still remains on and or the engine will not start see a NISSAN dealer for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System service as soon as possible Bring all reg istered keys that you have when visiting a Instruments and controls 2 21 WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH NISSAN dealer for service Push the lever up to have one sweep operation MIST of the wiper Pull the lever toward you to operate the washer Then the wiper will also operate several times WARNING In freezing temperatures the washer so lution may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm the windshield with the defroster before you wash the wind shield The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the A CAUTION following speed 4 Intermittent INT intermittent operation e Do not operate the washer continu can be adjusted by turning the knob toward ously for more than 30 seconds a Slower or 8 Faster l The intermittent operation speed varies in e Do not operate the washer if the accordance with the vehicle speed For reservoir tank is empty example when the vehicle speed is high the e Do not fill the window washer reser intermittent operation speed will be faster voir tank with washer fluid concen 2 Low LO
225. ld transmitter 2 to 5 in 50 to 127 mm 2 46 Instruments and controls away from the HomeLink surface 3 Press and hold the hand held transmitter button 4 The HomeLink indicator light will flash first slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly release both buttons The HomeLink Universal Transceiver button has now been reprogrammed The new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button that was just programmed This proce dure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink buttons IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN If your vehicle is stolen you should change the codes of any non rolling code device that has been programmed into HomeLink Consult the Owner s Manual of each device or call the manufacturer or dealer of those devices for additional information When your vehicle is recovered you will need to reprogram the HomeLink Univer sal Transceiver with your new transmitter information FCC Notice This device complies with FCC rules part 15 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference that may be received including interference that may cause undesired operation The transmitter has been tested and com plies with FCC and DOC MDC rules Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for com pliance could void the user s
226. ler TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State Provincial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could damage your vehicle Towing instructions are available from a NISSAN dealer Local service operators are generally familiar with the appli cable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle NISSAN recommends having a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions WARNING e Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed e Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck CAUTION e When towing make sure that the transmission axles steering system and powertrain are in working condi tion If any unit is damaged dollies must be used e Always attach safety chains before towing For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle RV refer to Flat towing in the 9 Technical and consumer information section of this manual Automatic transmission model TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN CAUTION NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving rear wheels off the e Never tow automatic transmission ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as models with the rear wheels on the illustrated In case of emergency 6 1 1 ground or four wh
227. less traction or grip un der these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded Whatever the condition drive with caution Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or down shifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement Allow greater following distances on slippery roads Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reaching it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steer ing maneuvers e Do not use cruise control on slippery roads e Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped An engine block heater to assist extreme cold temperature starting is available through a NISSAN dealer WARNING Do not use your heater with an un grounded electrical system or two pronged cheater adapters You can be injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded connection MEMO Starting and driving 5 27 MEMO 5 28 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency EA do meen eee ee eee A eee eee 6 2 If your vehicle overheats sssssssssssssssssersisrsrsresnsnsnensrnsnsnsnnsns 6 9 Tire pressure monitoring
228. link holder Battery Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir Clutch fluid reservoir M T models Windshield washer fluid reservoir Power steering fluid reservoir Engine coolant reservoir oO OnN OO OF FR W WN Radiator filler cap 10 Engine oil dipstick 11 Air cleaner Do not tamper with the strut tower bar adjustment a The strut tower bar has been adjusted to the most suitable posi tion at the factory CAUTION Tampering with the strut tower bar ad justment may cause a noise while driv ing or damage to the hood or engine Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a high quality year round anti freeze cool ant solution The anti freeze solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors therefore additional cooling system additives are not necessary WARNING e Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escap ing from the radiator See precau tions in If your vehicle overheats found in the 6 In case of emer gency section of this manual e The radiator is equipped with a pres sure type radiator cap To prevent engine damage use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Deminer alized water distilled water al F CAUT
229. ll a booster seat in the front passenger seat If you must install a booster seat in the front passenger seat move the passenger Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 seat to the rearmost position 1 Turn the seatback tilt cancel switch to the CANCEL position Roadster models only 2 Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions 3 The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct booster seat fit See Head re straint adjustment earlier in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the booster seat is removed If the seating position does not have an adjust able head restraint and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try a different booster seat 4 Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions for adjusting the belt routing 5 Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoul der Be sure to follow the booster seat manu facturer s instructions for adjusting the
230. ll remain tuned to that station If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next sta tion SAT radio display change if so equipped e Pushing the DISP button will display addi tional information for example Title Artist name about the satellite radio broadcast e Pushing the DISP button for more than 1 5 seconds will change the display mode as follows Channel number Channel name gt Artist name Song title Channel number Station memory operations Twelve stations channels can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 and the SAT radio 6 for SAT1 6 for SAT2 and 6 stations can be set for the AM band 1 Tune to the desired station channel using the SEEK SCAN or TUNE button 2 Select the desired station channel and keep pushing any of the desired station channel and preset buttons 1 to 6 until a beep sound is heard The radio mutes when the station and preset button is pushed 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Memorizing is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse blows the radio memory will be erased In that case reset the desired sta tions Radio data system RDS RDS stands for Radio Data System and is a data information service transmitted by some radio stations on the FM band not AM band and or SAT encoded within
231. low the manufac turer s recommendation to prevent carbon monoxide entry into the ve hicle Some recreational vehicle ap pliances such as stoves refrigera tors heaters etc may also generate carbon monoxide e The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever e The vehicle is raised for service e You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment e You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system e You have had an accident involv ing damage to the exhaust system underbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the converter are burned at high tem peratures to help reduce pollutants WARNING e The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys tem are very hot Keep people ani mals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system compo nents Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire CAUTION Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline will seriously reduce the three way catalyst s abil ity to help reduce exhaust pollutants Keep your engine tuned up Malfunc tions in the ignition fuel injection or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driving if t
232. low you some freedom of movement in the seat If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the SSS0290A belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The front passenger seat belt has a locking mechanism for child restraint installation It is referred to as the automatic locking mode When the locking mechanism is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted For additional information see Child restraints later in this section The automatic locking mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by a passen ger the locking mode should not be acti vated If it is activated it may cause uncom fortable seat belt tension 4A WARNING When fastening the seat belts be cer tain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the belt push the button on the buckle The seat belt will automatically retract Checking seat belt operation Your seat belt r
233. ls direct and re flected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other result ing in momentary flutter or loss of sound AM RADIO RECEPTION AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also sub ject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights SATELLITE SAT RADIO RECEPTION if so equipped When the satellite radio is first installed or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a malfunction Wait more than 10 minutes with the satellite radio ON for the satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data No satellite radio reception is available when the SAT band option is selected unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible
234. lt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident See Front Pas senger air bag and status light later in this section Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured when the supplemental front air bag in flates 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2 ioe Pt lt A WN Le ve EEA i Smg ye Yi ASS gt Sit upright and well back Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 31 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WARNING e Never let an infant who requires the use of a rear facing child restraint ride in this vehicle Do not attempt to hold a child in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding posi tions are shown in the previous illus trations e Roadster models do not have an an chor for a top tether strap required for most front facing child restraints Never let children who require the use of a front facing child restraint ride in Roadster models Children may be severely injured or killed when the supplemental front air bags or side air bags or curtain side impact air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating supplemental front air bag could se
235. ly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If a malfunction occurs in the system the anti lock function of the brake will cease operation but the ordinary brakes will continue to operate See Anti lock brake system ABS in the 5 Starting and driving section for further details If the light comes on while you are driving contact a NISSAN dealer for repair OK Automatic transmission check warning light A T models When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the automatic transmission check warning light comes on and then turns off This indicates that the automatic transmission system is operational If the light comes on while the engine is running or while driving it may indicate that the auto matic transmission system is not functioning properly Have a NISSAN dealer check and repair the transmission or Brake warning light This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Parking brake indicator When the ignition switch is in the ON position the light comes on when the parking brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light The light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the vehicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary See Brake and clutch fluid in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section 4 amp
236. ly release the ACCEL RES set switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods a Lightly tap the brake pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it b Push and hold the COAST SET switch Re lease the switch when the vehicle slows down to the desired speed c Push then quickly release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and re lease the ACCEL RES set switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h Starting and driving 5 17 BREAK IN SCHEDULE CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to ob tain maximum engine performance and ensure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may re sult in shortened engine life and re duced engine performance Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed either fast or slow Do not run the engine over 4 000 rpm Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possible Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles 800 km 5 18 Starting and driving INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Accelerate slowly and smoothly
237. m 9 18 Technical and consumer information Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged e For the first 500 miles 800 km that you tow a trailer do not drive over 50 mph 80 km h and do not make starts at full throttle This helps the engine and other parts of your ve hicle wear in at the heavier loads MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS Maximum trailer loads Never allow the total trailer load to exceed 1 000 lb 454 kg The total trailer load equals trailer weight plus its cargo weight Towing loads greater than 1 000 Ib 454 kg or using improper towing equipment could adversely affect vehicle handling braking and performance The ability of a vehicle to tow a trailer is not only related to the maximum trailer loads but also the places you plan to tow Tow weights appropriate for level highway driving may have to be reduced on very steep grades or in low traction situations for example on slippery boat ramps CAUTION Vehicle damage resulting from im proper towing procedures are not cov ered by NISSAN warranties Total trailer load Tongue load ae SI ay lt cae vas Tongue load x 100 9to11 Total trailer load Tongue load Keep the tongue load between 9 and 11 of the total trailer load within the maximum tongue load limits shown in the following Towing Load Specification chart If the tongue load be comes excessive rearrange cargo to allow for proper tongue load Maximum gross vehicl
238. maged The power window has an automatic adjusting function When the door is being opened the window is automatically lowered slightly to avoid contact between the window and the side roof panel top side rail When the door is closed the window is automatically raised slightly INTERIOR LIGHTS SIC1980A Coupe models ROOM LIGHT The interior light has a two position switch A DOOR 8 OFF When the switch is in the DOOR position the light will illuminate when a door is opened The light will stay on for about 30 seconds when e The doors are unlocked by the keyfob a key or the power door lock switch while all doors are closed e The driver s door is opened and then closed while the key is removed from the ignition switch Roadster models e The key is removed from the ignition switch while all doors are closed The interior light will turn off while the 30 second timer is activated when The drivers door is locked either with the keyfob a key or the power door lock switch e The ignition switch is turned ON MAP LIGHTS To turn on the light push the plastic surface of the light Push it again to turn off the light When the map light stays on it will auto matically turn off 30 minutes after the Instruments and controls 2 41 ignition switch has been turned to the OFF position To turn on the light again turn the ignition switch to the ON position The map and vanity mirror ligh
239. men tal side air bag curtain side impact air bag systems and or pre tensioner seat belt systems will not operate in an acci dent To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Repair and replacement procedure The supplemental front air bags supplemental side air bags if so equipped curtain side impact air bags if so equipped for Coupe models and pre tensioner seat belt are de signed to inflate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemen tal air bag warning light will remain illuminated after inflation has occurred Repair and replace ment of these systems should be done only by a NISSAN dealer When maintenance work is required on the vehicle the supplemental front air bags side air bags curtain side impact air bags related parts and pre tensioner seat belt should be pointed out to the person conducting the maintenance The ignition key should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 4A WARNING e Once a supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag or curtain side impact air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Addi tionally if any of the supplemental front air bags inflate the activated pre tensioner seat belts must also be replaced The air bag module
240. motion and before clos ing the windows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows e Do not leave children unattended in side the vehicle They could unknow ingly activate switches or controls and become trapped in a window Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents The power windows operate when the ignition key is in the ON position and for about 45 seconds after the ignition key is turned to the OFF position If the driver s door or the front passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the windows is canceled The power window switches will be deactivated during the soft top operation Roadster models Driver s side power window switch 1 Driver side window 2 Passenger side window 3 Window lock button To open or close the window push down A or pull up the switch and hold it The main switch driver side switches will open or close all the windows Instruments and controls 2 39 Passenger side power window switch The passenger side switch will open or close only the corresponding window To open or close the window hold the switch down or up Locking passenger s window When the lock button is pushed in only the driver side window can be opened or closed Push it in again to cancel 2 40 Instruments and controls Automatic operation To fully open or close the window completely press or lift the switch
241. moved to the P Park position When removing the key from the ignition switch make sure the selector lever is in the P Park position If the selector lever is not returned to the P Park position the key cannot be moved to the LOCK position When the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position proceed as follows to remove the key 1 Move the selector lever into the P Park position 2 Turn the ignition key slightly toward the ON direction 3 Turn the key to the LOCK position 4 Remove the key If the key is removed from the ignition switch the selector lever cannot be moved from P Park position The selector lever can be moved if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the foot brake pedal is depressed There is an OFF position 4 in between the LOCK and ACC positions The OFF position is indicated by a 1 on the key cylinder When the ignition switch is in the OFF position the steer ing wheel is not locked In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 6 of a turn counterclock wise from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel turn the key to the LOCK position Remove the key To unlock the steering wheel insert the key and turn it gently while rotating the steer ing wheel slightly right and left WARNING Never remove or turn the key to the LOCK position while driving The steer ing wheel will lock This may cause the driver to lose control o
242. n Motor Vehicle Safety Standards C M V S S certification label is af fixed as shown This label contains valuable vehicle information such as Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Vehicle Identification Number VIN etc Review it carefully EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is at tached as shown Technical and consumer information 9 1 1 TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION LABEL The cold tire inflation pressure is shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver side center pillar 9 12 Technical and consumer information AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL The air conditioner specification label is affixed inside of the hood as shown INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE gt A gt pe y RS y o 8 Flat blade screwdriver LE License plate bracket ane Screw grommet Use the following steps to mount the license plate Before mounting the license plate confirm that the following parts are enclosed in the vinyl bag e License plate bracket e J nut x 2 e Screw x 2 e Screw grommet x 2 1 Temporarily place the license plate bracket while aligning points A of the front bumper fascia with holes in the license plate bracket 2 Remove the license plate bracket 3 Carefully drill two shallow pilot holes using a 0 39 in 10 mm drill bit at the marked locations Be su
243. n as possible SSD0536 MANUAL TRANSMISSION Shifting To change gears or when upshifting or down shifting fully depress the clutch pedal shift into the appropriate gear then slowly and smoothly release the clutch This vehicle is equipped with a short throw shifter manual transmission To ensure smooth gear changes fully depress the clutch pedal before operating the shift lever If the clutch pedal is not fully depressed before the transmis sion is shifted a gear noise may be heard Transmission damage could occur Start the vehicle in 1st gear and shift to 2nd 3rd 4th and 5th up to 6th gear in sequence accord ing to the vehicle speed To back up depress the shift lever and then move it to the R Reverse position after stop ping the vehicle completely If it is difficult to move the shift lever into R Reverse or 1 Low gear shift to N Neutral then release the clutch pedal Fully depress the clutch pedal again and shift into R or 1 WARNING e Do not downshift abruptly on slip pery roads This may cause a loss of control e Do not over rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear This may cause a loss of control or engine damage CAUTION e Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving This may damage the clutch e Fully depress the clutch pedal before shifting to help prevent transmission damage Stop your vehicle completely before shifting into R Reverse When th
244. ncoeur maeri 8 14 Capacities and recommended fuel l DricaNtS seressen niee neenerte ret eater eer 9 2 Engine c olaNt ireren e eNi 8 8 Engine Oil sssssssssssssssresrsrnrrrsrrnsnnsnrnnnnnnnnrenennsnennnnnns 8 10 Power steering fluid sssssssssssrrsrsrerrsresrsrerernn 8 13 Window washer fluid ssssssesseseersessrerersrerrerenee 8 14 FM AM radio with Compact Disc CD AY ST sites scencerete rete errr een 4 19 FM AM SAT radio with Compact Disc CD changers E nner EEE tends 4 23 Front manual seat adjustment sesser 1 3 Front passenger air bag and status light 1 37 Front power seat adjustment 1 3 1 4 Fuel Average fuel CONSUMPt ON ssssseeeesrr 2 10 Capacities and recommended fuel ISP CANNES eerst 9 2 Distance to empty scacisetircectsces csc dterertieesseectvacs cates 2 9 Headlight switch Xenon headlights Fuel economy Fuel octane rating Fuel recommendation Fuel filler door Engine block heater Heater and air conditioner automatic HomeLink Universal Transceiver Garage door opener HomeLink Universal Ignition switch Automatic transmission models Manual transmission models Immobilizer system Indicator lights Speedometer Trip computer Automatic anti glare mirror Inspection maintenance I M test Instrument brightness control Instrument panel Instrument pocket Interior light replacement General maintenance Golf bag stowing Interior trunk lid release Hatch Rear hatch Hazard warning flasher
245. nd use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be obvious Replace the tires as necessary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious per sonal injury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire contact a NISSAN dealer For additional information re garding tires refer to Impor tant Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped See Specifications in the 9 Tech nical and consumer information section for rec ommended types and sizes of tires and wheels WARNING e The use of tires other than those recommended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling ground clearance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speedometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height Some of these effects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury e If the wheels are changed for any reason always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimen sion Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear possibly d
246. ng or climate conditions occa sional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 be followed For additional information see the appropriate maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide BRAKE BOOSTER Check the brake booster function as follows 1 With the engine off press and release the brake pedal several times When brake pedal movement distance of travel remains the same from one pedal application to the next continue on to the next step 2 While depressing the brake pedal start the engine The pedal height should drop a little 3 With the brake pedal depressed stop the engine Keeping the pedal depressed for about 30 seconds the pedal height should not change 4 Run the engine for one minute without de pressing the brake pedal then turn it off Depress the brake pedal several times The pedal travel distance will decrease gradually with each depression as the vacuum is re leased from the booster If the brakes do not operate properly see a NISSAN dealer 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself FUSES SDI1751 Some vehicles are equipped with engine com partment and passenger compartment fuse boxes that use only type fuses Other ve hicles are equipped with t
247. ning exterior nessicssccenss tars prasnns excxesceesnnriseseteenanen nies 7 2 U eee eernere eee re ee nee renee re ee eee ee 7 2 KALS e EE EN N T E N T A tee 7 3 FREMOVING SOUS sasaka cite saaisieeecederedes 7 3 Tare 21 90 0 seriei Aa 7 3 ASS say nena viacscag ee deve censsesseenvsnsa tiara niessensaronsen anspeseevensenest 7 3 Aluminum alloy wheels cxccosezeccescatt a ceecectrancteascternccceees 7 4 Chrome PariS ispisna aneo Aaaa 7 4 Tre dressing snoba meer oper es Suneet ana tyrenrrnrs 7 4 Ciganing IALGHOR srini 7 5 FOOF MATS czsctstese se eaccet accuracies i 7 5 Seat belts sansesasnnnsesunernnnrnsnnnrnnnrnrnnnrennrnrnnnrnnnenrennrnrennennne 7 6 Corrosion protection ssssssssesssresreisrserresrsrertnenrsrntentntnnnnnnnnn ne 7 6 Most common factors contributing to vehicle CONOS TON asninn E renee se 7 6 Environmental factors influence the rate of EEEE 0 E A A E E ere errr er 7 6 To protect your vehicle from Corrosion sesse 7 6 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your vehicle it is important to take proper care of it In the following cases please wash your vehicle as soon as possible to protect the paint surface e After a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain e After driving on coastal roads e When contaminants such as soot bird drop pings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface e When dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible sto
248. ning the vehicle etc Automatic transmission P Park position mechanism On a fairly steep hill check that the vehicle is held securely with the selector lever in the P Park position without applying any brakes Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not catch or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Brake pedal and booster Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure it has the proper distance under it when depressed fully Check the brake booster function Be sure to keep floor mat away from the pedal Parking brake Check that the lever pedal has the proper travel and make sure that the vehicle is held securely on a fairly steep hill when only the parking brake is applied Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and that all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and that the locks if equipped hold securely in all latched positions Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjusters and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt web bing for cuts fraying wear or damage Steering wheel Check for changes in the steering conditions su
249. nly by pushing the HATCH TRUNK button on the keyfob INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASE WARNING Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the car locked with the trunk closed when not in use and pre vent children s access to car keys Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 1 1 The interior trunk lid release mechanism pro vides a means of escape for children and adults in the event they become locked inside the trunk The handle A is located inside the trunk com partment as illustrated To open the trunk lid from the inside pull the release handle towards you until the lock releases and push up on the trunk lid The release lever is made of a material that glows in the dark after a brief exposure to ambient light 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments SECONDARY TRUNK LID RELEASE The secondary trunk lid release mechanism al lows opening the trunk lid in the event of dis charged battery or emergency Remove the cover located inside of the rear floor box using a suitable tool as shown Access the release string handle 3 To open the trunk lid from the inside firmly pull the release handle to the direction shown above until the lock releases SOFT TOP Roadster models CAUTION Always keep the engine running while operating the soft top The top will also operate when
250. nmentally friendly air conditioning system WARNING The air conditioner system contains re frigerant under high pressure To avoid personal injury any air conditioner ser vice should be done only by an experi enced technician with proper equip ment AUDIO SYSTEM RADIO Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON and press the POWER FM or AM button to turn on the radio If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the key should be turned to the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external in fluences Intermittent changes in reception qual ity normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the ve hicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance radio recep tion These circuits are designed to extend re ception range and to enhance the quality of that reception However there are some general characteristics of FM AM and SAT satellite if so equipped radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These characteristics are completely normal in a given reception area and 4 12 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems do not indicate any malfunction in your radio system Rem
251. nses any mal function it switches the anti lock brake system off and turns on the ABS warning light in the Starting and driving 5 21 instrument panel The brake system then oper ates normally but without anti lock assistance If the light comes on during the self test or while driving take the vehicle to a NISSAN dealer for repair 4 amp WARNING The anti lock brake system is a sophis ticated device but it cannot prevent ac cidents resulting from careless or dan gerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces but remember that the stopping distance on slippery sur faces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with the anti lock brake system Stopping distances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the responsibility for safety of self and others rests in the hands of the driver 5 292 Starting and driving Tire type and condition of tires may also affect braking effectiveness e When replacing tires install the specified size of tires to the front and rear e When installing a spare tire make sure it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Information label See Vehicle iden tification in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for the Tire and Loading Information la bel loc
252. nt NISSAN A C System Oil Type S or the exact equivalents CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or lubri cant will cause severe damage to the air conditioning system and will require the replacement of all air conditioner sys tem components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle will not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain governmental regulations require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioner system service A NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioner system refriger ant Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your air conditioner system Technical and consumer information 9 7 SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE Type Cylinder arrangement Bore x Stroke Displacement Firing order Idle speed Ignition timing B T D C CO percentage at idle speed Spark plug Spark plug gap Normal Camshaft operation Model in mm cu in cm rpm degree rom No air Standard Service option in mm 9 8 Technical and consumer information VQ35DE Gasoline 4 cycle 6 cylinder V slanted at 60 3 760 x 3 205 95 5 x 81 4 213 5 3 498 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 See the emission control label on the underside of the hood PLFR5A 1 1 PLFR4A 11 Hot PLFR6A 11 Cold 0 043 1 1 Timing chain 1 Cylinder number LOS A
253. nto N Neutral without depressing the clutch pedal when the cruise control is set Should this occur depress the clutch pedal and turn the main switch off immediately Failure to do so may 5 16 Starting and driving PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL If the cruise control system malfunctions it cancels automatically The SET indicator light on the meter panel then blinks to warn the driver If the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high the cruise control system will be canceled automatically If the SET indicator light blinks turn the cruise control MAIN ON OFF switch off and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer The SET indicator light may blink when the cruise control MAIN switch is turned on while pushing the RES ACCEL COAST SET or CANCEL switch To properly set the cruise control system perform the preceding steps in the order indicated ACCEL RES COAST SET CANCEL 1 ACCEL or RESUME switch 2 COAST or SET switch 3 CANCEL switch 4 MAIN ON OFF switch CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed between 25 to 89 MPH 40 to 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal To turn on the cruise control push the MAIN switch on The CRUISE indicator light on the meter panel will come on To set cruising speed accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it The SET indicator light will come on Take
254. o the top storage lid The top is locked to the storage lid but the bottom of the rear part is not closed tightly CAUTION e After closing the top manually have the system checked and or repaired by a NISSAN dealer as soon as pos sible e Avoid leaving the vehicle outside for long periods or driving at high speeds The rear of the top is not locked completely and this may al low wind and rain to get into your vehicle CARE OF THE SOFT TOP AND THE VEHICLE BODY To use your Roadster safely and comfortably 3 22 Pre driving checks and adjustments you need to observe all the warnings and cau tions shown in the previous pages Also to maintain a good appearance of the soft top and the vehicle body you need to care for them by cleaning and or washing properly CAUTION e Do not use an automatic car wash or a high pressure car wash to clean your vehicle The top may be dam aged and water may leak into the inside of the vehicle e Store the vehicle with the top closed if itis not to be used for long periods Keeping the top stowed for long pe riods may cause wrinkles on the sur face of the top See Cleaning exterior in the 7 Appearance and care section for detailed instructions e A protective clear tape is applied to the top storage lid painted surface where the soft top contacts the surface When the top is fully closed the tape may transmit some light visible from the inside of the vehicl
255. omatic transmission to the P Park position Do not stop the engine 2 Turn off the air conditioner Open all the In case of emergency 6 9 windows and move the temperature control to maximum hot and the fan control to high speed 3 If engine overheating is caused by climbing a long hill on a hot day run the engine at a fast idle approximately 1 500 rpm until the tem perature gauge indication returns to normal 4 Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or coolant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 5 Open the engine hood WARNING If steam or water is coming from the engine stand clear to prevent getting burned 6 Visually check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking or the cooling fan does not run stop the engine 6 10 In case of emergency WARNING e Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan e The engine cooling fan can start at any time when the coolant tempera ture is high 7 After the engine cools down check the cool ant level in the reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at a NISSAN dea
256. ompression than the MP3 codec enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file Sampling frequency Sampling frequency is the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital A D conver sion per second Multisession Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media Writing data once to the media is called a single session and writing more than once is called a multisession ID3 WMA Tag The ID3 WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist album title encoding bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag information is displayed on the Album Artist Track title line on the display Windows and Windows Media are either registered trademarks and trademarks of Mi crosoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 15 e lf there is a file in the top level of the disc ROOT is displayed e The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired orde
257. on lock is designed so that the key cannot be turned to LOCK and removed until the selector lever is moved to the P Park position ACC Accessories 2 This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position 3 This position turns on the ignition system and the electrical accessories START 4 This position activates the starter motor starting the engine NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automated payment device on the key 5 8 Starting and driving ring restart the engine using the following procedures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If this procedure allows the engine to start NISSAN recommends placing the registered key on a separate key ring to avoid interference from other devices BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE e Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear e Maintenance items
258. oner and audio systems 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving seses 5 2 Breakin schedule meer ter tee oe naan amar eerie sme eree teres eee 5 18 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide ssessseeeeees 5 2 Increasing fuel ECONOMY nsssssssssssissrsrssisierrsierinierennsnennsnenns 5 18 Three way catalyst ccccsssssessessessessssessssseseeseseeseeess 5 3 Parking parking on hills c ccsssesesssesesssessssssesssteessseesseees 5 19 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS nsss 3 3 P wer steering srun soinnin 5 20 Avoiding collision AN rollover sss sssssssssssrsssrssssrrsssersses 9 9 Broke Syste sasasi Eana 5 20 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving eeeeeee 9 5 Braking precautions ssscssssssssssesssessssssssesssessesesseees 5 20 Ignition switch PREE apen peget eea E EAE 5 6 Anti lock brake system ABS oana 5 91 Automatic transmission EEEE E A E 5 6 Traction control system TCS if so equipped 5 99 Manual transmission EEEE AEI E E A EE 5 7 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system Koy POSIHONS sorsoran nenna RAEE 5 7 if SO QUID PER scuis 5 93 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System eee 5 8 o Cold weather driving arsistinescsessscsereescnnsedboastalenecacaenoniundees 5 25 Before starting the engine sssssssssssssrsrsresssssusnsnnnesnsnsnsnnnns 5 8 Starting the engine 5 accaninienssahntranss ximsnctannrarsonnansneeatetennaneyioiat 5 9 Freeing A OZON GOOT IOG E qiiet ne Driving the vehicle s s s 5 9 PUAN
259. osition when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be depressed and the selector lever button pushed in to move the selec tor lever from N Neutral or any drive position to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill first depress the foot brake pedal apply the parking brake then shift into the P Park position CAUTION Use this position only when the vehicle is completely stopped R Reverse Use this position to back up Always be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting R Reverse The brake pedal must be de pressed and the selector lever button pushed in to move the selector lever from P Park N Neutral or any drive position to R Reverse N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving Manual shift mode When the selector lever is shifted from D to the manual shift gate with the vehicle stopped or while driving the transmission enters the manual shift mode Shift range can be selected manu ally In the manual shift mode the shift range is displayed on the position indicator in the meter Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows gt gt gt gt m o mo nB oyooomM y mo oth
260. ourself 8 15 3 Close and lock all the doors using the key or keyfob 4 Disconnect the negative battery ter minal 5 Securely close the hood To connect the negative battery termi nal perform the procedure in the following order Otherwise the window and the side roof panel top side rail may contact and be damaged 1 Unlock using the key and open the driver side door Do not close the door 2 Open the hood 3 Connect the negative battery termi nal Then close the hood 4 Fully open the driver side door window 5 Close the driver side door and the win dow WARNING e Do not expose the battery to flames or electrical sparks Hydrogen gas generated by battery fluid is explo sive Do not allow battery fluid to 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces After touching a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 min utes and seek medical attention Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the bat tery which can generate heat reduce battery life and in some cases lead to an explosion When working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry Battery posts terminals and related accesso
261. ow tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sud den steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal in jury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pres sure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible See Flat tire in the 6 In case of emergency section for changing a flat tire e When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting e Replacing tires with those not origi nally specified by NISSAN could af fect the proper operation of the TPMS e Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pres sure sensors CAUTION Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors and the TPMS will not function properly FCC Notice Changes o
262. ows a different number according to the au dio condition CD IN indicator CD IN indicator appears on the display when the CD is loaded 4 22 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Aa DISP n FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD CHANGER 1 CD LOAD button 2 SEEK APS REW APS FF TRACK CHANGE button e CHANGER SO OK W CAT a a PTY RPT HOLD DISP Display CHANGE button SCAN tuning button CD PLAY button RADIO FM AM SAT band select button PTY Program type CAT Category select button 8 RPT Repeat play CLOCK button 9 CD EJECT button 10 11 12 13 14 TUNE FF REW button ON OFF VOL Volume control knob Audio Clock display Station and preset FM AM SAT CD in sert or CD play select button AUDIO button No satellite radio reception is available when the SAT band option is selected unless op tional satellite receiver and antenna are in stalled and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active It may take some time to receive the activation signal after subscribing to the XM or SIRI US satellite radio provider After receiving the activation signal an available channel list will be automatically updated in the radio For XM turn the ignition switch from the LOCK to ACC position to update the channel list Satellite radio is not available in Alaska and Hawaii Audio main operation Head unit Th
263. pact air bag modules if so equipped for Coupe models Occupant classification sensor pattern sen sor Occupant classification system control unit Supplemental side air bag modules if so equipped 7 Diagnosis sensor unit 8 Satellite sensors 9 Seat belt pre tensioner retractor NISSAN advanced air bag system This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN ad vanced air bag system for the driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U S regu lations It is also permitted in Canada However all of the information cautions and warn ings in this manual still apply and must be followed The driver supplemental front air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel The front passenger supplemental front air bag is mounted in the instrument panel The supple mental front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper supplemental air bag system operation The NISSAN advanced air bag system has dual stage air bag inflators It also monitors informa tion from the crash zone sensor the diagnosis sensor unit seat belt buckle sensors and the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restr
264. pply the parking brake and move the selec tor lever to the P Park position for the automatic transmission model or the shift lever to the N Neutral position for the manual transmission model Start the engine 3 Depress the foot brake pedal Push CLOSE on the soft top operating switch and hold it until the top is fully closed e The soft top indicator light will illuminate while the top is in motion In about 20 seconds the closing movement will fin ish e Windows will automatically be fully opened e The passenger seatback will automatically move forward unless the seatback tilt cancel switch is in the CANCEL position It will return to the original position after the top operation See Automatic pas senger seatback tilt function shown on the previous page of this section 5 Release the switch when the top is fully closed The indicator light which is illumi nated will begin to flash 6 Securely engage the front edge of the top to the vehicle body with the top latch lever The indicator light turns off IF THE TOP DOES NOT OPEN OR CLOSE ELECTRICALLY If you cannot operate the soft top with the operating switch first check whether all the following operating conditions are completed e foot brake pedal is depressed e vehicle is stopped ignition switch is ON Run the engine when operating the top If the top still does not move under the above conditions or has any sys
265. protect the front occu pants Because of this the force of the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bag and curtain side impact air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is over The supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START po sition After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational WARNING e Do not place any objects near the seatback of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door fin isher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the side air bag inflates Right after inflation several side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system This is to pre vent accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag or damage to the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag sys tem e Do not make unauthorized changes
266. r For additional information see the Malfunction indicator lamp MIL in the 2 Instruments and controls section STEERING WHEEL SUN VISORS 1 To block out glare from the front swing down the main sun visor 1 2 To block glare from the side remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing it to the side 2 3 To use the extension sun visor 3 if so equipped pull it out from the main sun visor as shown CAUTION Do not store the main sun visor before storing the extension sun visor TILT OPERATION Push the lock lever down and adjust the steering wheel up or down to the desired position Push the lock lever up securely to lock the steering wheel in place WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 25 MIRRORS INSIDE MIRROR Adjust the height and the angle of the inside mirror to the desired position 3 26 Pre driving checks and adjustments The night position 1 will reduce glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you at night Use the day position 2 when driving in daylight hours WARNING Use the night position only when neces sary because it reduces rear view clar ity AUTOMATIC ANTI GLARE INSIDE MIRROR if so equipped The inside mirror is designed so that it automati cally changes reflection according to the inten
267. r ROOT FOLDER FOLDER X MP3 or WMA lt SAA1025 Playback order Playback order of the CD with compressed files MP3 WMA is as illustrated above e The names of folders not containing MP3 WMA files are not shown in the display 4 16 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Specification chart Supported media CD CD R CD RW ISO9660 LEVEL1 ISO9660 LEVEL2 Romeo Joliet Supported file systems ISO9660 Level 3 packet writing is not sup ported PEGI MPEG2 MPEG 5 Sampling frequency 8 kHz 48 kHz Sampling frequency 32 kHz 48 kHz Tag information Song title and Artist name a EEA MERI LER vena re WMA Folder levels 8 Folders 255 including root folder Files 512 Max 255 files for one folder Text character number limitation 128 characters 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian 05 UNICODE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian Folder levels Displayable character codes 2 1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 2 Available codes depend on what kind of media versions and information are going to be displayed Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 17 Troubleshooting guide Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the
268. r are not standard equipment or are extremely deteriorated the VDC OFF indicator or SLIP indicator or both indicator lights may illuminate Do not modify the vehicle s suspen sion If suspension parts such as shock absorbers struts springs sta bilizer bars and bushings are not NISSAN approved or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly This could ad versely affect vehicle handling per formance and the VDC OFF indica 5 24 Starting and driving tor or SLIP indicator or both indica tor lights may illuminate If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not standard equipment or are extremely deteriorated the VDC OFF indica tor or SLIP indicator or both indica tor lights may illuminate When driving on extremely inclined surfaces such as higher banked cor ners the VDC system may not oper ate properly and the VDC OFF indi cator or SLIP indicator or both indicator lights may illuminate Do not drive on these types of roads When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the VDC OFF indicator or SLIP indicator or both indicator lights may illuminate This is not a malfunction Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface If wheels or tires other than those recommended are used the VDC sys tem may not operate properly and the VDC OFF indicator or S
269. r bag status light dsg Should illuminate If this light is not illuminated see Front passenger air bag and status light in this section Try a differ ent child restraint Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the automatic locking mode child restraint mode is canceled Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 23 TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT Coupe models only An anchor for a child restraint with a top tether is provided in this vehicle If your child restraint has a top tether strap it must be secured to the provided anchor point Secure the child restraint with the seat belt Guide the top tether strap under the head restraint as illustrated and secure it to the anchor bracket Tighten the strap according to manufacturer instructions to remove any slack WARNING Child restraint anchor point is designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstance is it to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Anchor point location The anchor point A is located on the luggage area floor A flap is provided in the carpet for easy access and is marked with the label shown If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap child restraint on the pas senger seat consul
270. r modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for com pliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause undes ired operation of the device AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER WARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering ma neuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle a loss of control could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to rollover particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including prescription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsiness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section and also instruct your passen gers to do so Seat belts help reduce the
271. r or shift lever Automatic transmission P 5 9 Manual transmission P 5 13 18 Cargo net P 2 34 if so equipped 1 Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Illustrated table of contents 0 9 INSTRUMENT PANEL 1213 14 15 16 17 18 19 2021 22 1 Headlight turn signal switch P 2 25 2 Instrument brightness control switch P 2 27 3 Steering wheel switch for audio control P 4 29 0 10 Illustrated table of contents ON OO Driver supplemental air bag P 1 28 Horn P 2 28 Meters gauges P 2 3 Cruise control main set switch P 5 16 Trip computer mode setting switch P 2 8 Wiper washer switch P 2 22 9 Center ventilator P 4 8 10 11 12 13 if Passenger supplemental air bag P 1 28 Side ventilators P 4 8 Soft top operating switch for Roadster models P 3 13 VDC Vehicle dynamic control OFF switch P 2 29 or TCS Traction control system OFF switch P 2 30 Fuel filler door opener switch P 3 23 Hood lock release handle P 3 8 Fuse box P 8 24 Tilting steering wheel lock lever P 3 25 Ignition switch P 5 6 Navigation system display P 4 2 1 or In strument pocket P 2 33 Audio system P 4 12 Clock P 2 31 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch P 2 24 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 28 Cup holder P 2 35 Heated seat switch P 2 29 Heater air conditioner control
272. r phone or CB 1 aAC iO vcsicascarsecesasiserecccsaiiaansesenzxensen 4 30 Cargo See vehicle loading information 2 34 Cargo MCh eckc etcetera nee 2 34 Catalytic converter Three way catalyst 5 3 CD care and Clea iG iesccetest ct teretencrereeterecenss 4 29 Child SH A acces ht tee caer ieecdeeaeeet csepecaetle 1 17 Booster seats sesssseseeseesesrsrerereetrrrrenentnrre rennene 1 25 Installation on front passenger seat 1 20 Precautions on child restraints 1 17 Top tether strap anchor point location 1 24 Child Sare Iy erreren n nn mcinnenet 1 12 Chimes Audible reminderS sssssssresrnrrnrnnn 2 18 Circuit breaker Fusible link 8 23 Cleaning exterior and interior sesser 7 2 7 5 HOG taieicn sae tee ceeie ate eel 2 31 Cl tch fluid sieisen seenen 8 13 Coat NOOK enserrer can cvesaseusesezon seuananiave nactscensntssreasevaenaacs 2 39 Cold weather driving pemeeenerer serene ee terereree teeter 5 25 Compact Disc CD changer See audio SSL N E EN tate adaycennaceg 4 26 Compact Disc CD player See audio SYST IN ctenectt caus cacvoactc cssndessmnencosiciesemeneemmnreexaesed 4 21 Compact spare tire cece orate etcetera teeeesterraees 8 39 Console DOXA E 2 36 Control panel buttons models with navigation SEG Dee E E ee 4 2 Controls Control panel buttons display with navigation SYSTEM aisssidccsseacassictvarencetavenseiastedteoennst 4 2 Heater and air conditioner controls AUN ORANG Scie e
273. r will be trans ferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See Measurement of Weights later in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pres sures See the Tire and Loading Informa tion label LOADING TIPS e The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S C M V S S certification la bel e Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR WARNING e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of con trol and cause personal injury Overloading not only could shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire but can also cause unsafe vehicle handling and long braking distances This may cause a premature tire fail ure which could result in a se rious accident and personal in jury Failures caused
274. rack title 7 Title off Artist FF Fast Forward REW Rewind CD When the A fast forward or y rewind button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the compact disc will return to normal play speed CD with MP3 or WMA When the M or w button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is being played the folders in the compact disc will change When the M or wy button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will play while forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the compact disc will return to the normal play speed APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW When the MW APS FF button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the program next to the present one will start to play from its beginning Push several times to skip through programs The compact disc will ad vance the number of times the button is pushed When the last program on the compact disc is skipped through the first program will be played When the SZ APS REW button is pushed the program being played returns to its beginning Push several times to skip back through programs The compact disc will go back the number of times the button is pushed Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 27 CD PLAY select button To ch
275. re or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or a general purpose dish washing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water 7 2 Appearance and care CAUTION Do not use strong household soap strong chemical detergents gasoline or solvents Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign sub stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged For Roadster models observe the following e Do not use an automatic car wash or a high pressure car wash The soft top may be damaged e Avoid applying direct water pres sure such as high pressured water from household hoses on the lin ing of the soft top and vehicle body Avoid applying continuous water on the parts around the soft top and the windows These may cause water to leak into the inside of your vehicle Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and folds on the
276. re that the drill only goes through the fascia or damage to the nut may occur 4 Insert grommets into the hole on the fascia 5 Insert a flat blade screwdriver into the grom met hole to add 90 turn onto the part 6 Insert a J nut into the license plate bracket before placing the license plate bracket on the fascia 7 Install the license plate bracket with screws Technical and consumer information 9 13 8 Install the license plate with bolts that are no longer than 0 55 in 14 mm 9 14 Technical and consumer information VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION WARNING e It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts e Be sure everyone in your ve hicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle e Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard and optional equipment flu ids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not in clude passengers and cargo GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing maximum total combined weight of the unloade
277. rease NLGI No 2 Lithium soap base Air conditioning system refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a 9 Air conditioning system lubricants NISSAN A C System Oil Type S or exact equivalent Windshield washer fluid Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Anti freeze or equivalent 1 For additional information see Fuel recommendation later in this section 2 For additional information see Engine oil in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section for changing engine oil 3 For additional information see Engine oil and oil filter recommendation later in this section 4 For additional information see Recommended SAE viscosity number later in this section 5 Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty 6 For hot areas viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 32 F 0 C 7 For Canada Nissan Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF DEXRON III MERCON or equivalent ATF may also be used 8 Available in mainland US through a NISSAN dealer 9 For additional information see Vehicle identification in this section for air conditioner specification label 9 2 Technical and consumer information FUEL RECOMMENDATION Use unleade
278. reucacterclexauiees 1 6 New vehicle break in s s sssessssssesrerersssrrreerensrrrrresrsre 5 18 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System 2 20 Engine startseite 5 8 O Odometer Geert eee mentee elect freer Sr enetmeene ree tot tore 2 4 Oil Capacities and recommended fuel lUDTICANTS en a seeps 9 2 Changing engine oil and filter eee 8 10 Checking engine oil level eeeseeeeeetee 8 10 Engine Ollori eki rn rnnier mentor nmr re 8 10 Engine oil pressure gauge 2 7 Engine oil viscosity cicciincanniincmciensnieenmaradl 9 5 Opening the soft tOp ssseessesessrsrrsereresresrerrsrreresrrrrsns 3 13 Outside air temperature display sseeeen 2 9 Outside MirTOrS sssssssssesseesrsessrsnesesntrenrenrrrrnnnrsnnnnsneneeee 3 27 Overheat If your vehicle overheats 6 9 Owner s Manual Service Manual order IATOrMAtIO eei avant acnanttetnaneers 9 26 P Parking Parking brake break in ian iteteediinetn ad 5 21 Parking brake checK sssssssssisrisrsrrrrerssrsns 8 21 Parking brake operation xntennmenncivanneias 5 15 Parking on hills eee ene eee eee 5 19 Phone Car phone or CB radio tees 4 30 Power Front seat adjustment sesser 1 3 1 4 Power door OG icon everett ie eineren 3 3 Power Or ce osc ree eete sees apeecereetcte 2 32 Power steering fluid csoscseasesmcnasccucetseccexauttenters 8 13 Power steering SYSTCIM ccscecssscecesseerecnsereeeeserens 5 20 Power WINDOWS wcecreerieeteretichnewameewists 2 39 Pre tensioner seat belt system
279. rface The ABLS system brakes the spinning wheel which distributes the driving power to the other driving wheel If the vehicle is operated with the VDC system turned off all VDC system functions and TCS functions will be turned off The ABLS system and ABS wwill still operate with the VDC system off When the ABLS system is activated the SLIP indicator light will blink and you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indica tion of a malfunction While the VDC system is operating you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or feel a vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly The VDC system computer has a built in diag nostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed forward or backward When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction Starting and driving 5 23 4A WARNING e The VDC system is designed to help improve driving stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or due to careless or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driv ing and cornering on slippery sur faces and always drive carefully If engine related parts such as a muf fle
280. ries contain lead and lead compounds Wash hands after han dling Keep the battery out of the reach of children DIO137MA Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the UPPER LEVEL a and LOWER LEVEL 2 lines If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level to the indicator in each filler opening Do not overfill Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level 1 Remove the cell plugs A 2 Add distilled water up to the UPPER LEVEL line Q 3 Tighten cell plugs Indicator JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see Jump starting in the 6 In case of emergency section If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact a NISSAN dealer DRIVE BELTS SDI1389A 1 Power steering fluid pump 2 Alternator 3 Crankshaft pulley 4 Air conditioner compressor V Tension checking points WARNING Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCK position The engine could rotate unexpectedly Visually inspect each belt for signs of unusual wear Cuts fraying oil adhesion or looseness If the belt is in poor condition or loose have it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer Have the belts checked regularly for condi tion and tension Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 SPARK PLUGS REPLACING SPARK PLUGS
281. ring your vehicle in another country 9 10 Remote keyless entry System escecsssterseeeeeerees 3 5 Reporting safety defects US only 9 24 ECOLO 2 erence eer errr E ee ee ee 5 5 Roof Soft 0 6 Meant eee reerne ne a es renee eer 3 13 Room MCN eect teeters ces tence 2 41 S Safety Child seat belts s sssssesssssesrerrerresreresrsrerrsreresens 1 12 Reporting safety defects US only 9 24 Towing SOPCTY secccresoteridscaestcessieessmncssvniartaesidsancdeees 9 19 Seat adjustment Front manual seat adjustment 1 3 Front power seat adjustment 1 3 1 4 Seat belt s Child Safe yaan 1 12 RAVES iena 1 13 Inj red Persons errena y 1 14 Larger children sssssssssssssrssesrsnesronnrinrennsnnnesnsnesnnns 1 13 Pre tensioner seat belt system esere 1 42 Precautions on seat belt usage esses 1 10 Pregnant WOMEn sessssesesrerssreresrsrrrerrnrssrrnrennrnne 1 13 Seat belt cleaning sss sssseesresrsseerssrerresrereerrsrenrenens 7 6 Seat belt extenders 1 16 Seat belt maintenance c cece 1 16 Seat belt warning light ssseeeeeeees 2 15 Seat DC Sc tengnrdncereccdmtend ene 1 10 Shoulder belt Ar ainciernenicninaned venice 1 16 Small children ate seers tts teseatareedeuriennnaiacatien 1 13 Three point type with retractor 1 14 Seat lever Tilting passenger s seat 1 7 Seat s Heated Seats iesirea aSa 2 29 SEAS E E E 1 2 Ventilated net seats esesesseeeseerseserererererrrereeese 1 6 Seatback tilt
282. riously injure or kill your child See Child restraints earlier in this section for details Do not lean against the door SS0101 WARNING The seat belts the supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact air bags are most effective when you are Supplemental side air bag and curtain sitting well back and upright in the side impact air bag if so equipped seat The side air bag and curtain e The supplemental side air bag and side impact air bag inflate with great curtain side impact air bag ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a fron tal impact rear impact rollover or lower severity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seat to extend their hand Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 33 out of the window or lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the pre vious illustrations e Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with supplemental side air bag inflation 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Crash zone sensor Supplemental front air bag modules Supplemental curtain side im
283. rly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSING NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rubber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a com pound This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions e Use a water based tire dressing The coating on the tire dissolves more easily with an oil based tire dressing e Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be difficult to remove e Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is com pletely removed from the tire tread grooves e Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom mended by tire dressing manufacturer CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth damp ened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manufacturer s recommendations Some fabric protectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the
284. rmal operat ing temperature Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h then quickly release the accelerator pedal completely and keep it released for at least 10 seconds Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for a moment then drive the vehicle at a speed of 53 to 60 MPH 86 to 96 km h for at least 9 minutes 4 Stop the vehicle Leave the engine running 5 Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH 55 km h and maintain the speed for 20 seconds Repeat steps 4 and 5 at least 10 times 7 Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h and maintain the speed for at least 3 minutes Stop the vehicle Place the automatic trans Technical and consumer information 9 25 mission gear selector lever in the P Park or N Neutral position or the manual transmis sion shift lever in the N position 9 Turn the engine off 10 Repeat steps 1 through 8 at least one more time If step 1 through 7 is interrupted repeat the preceding step Any safe driving mode is ac ceptable between steps Do not stop the engine until step 7 is completed 9 26 Technical and consumer information EVENT DATA RECORDERS Your vehicle is equipped with a variety of computers that monitor and control a num ber of systems to optimize performance and help service technicians with diagno sis and repair Some of the computers monitor emission control systems braking systems engine systems transmission systems tire pressure systems and air b
285. rmance problems At this time sufficient data is not available to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in NISSAN vehicles If any undesirable driveability problems such as engine stalling and hard hot starting are experi enced after using oxygenate blend fuels imme diately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refu eling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle U S govern ment regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square or ange and black label with the common abbre viation or the appropriate percentage for that region 9 4 Technical and consumer information Aftermarket fuel additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives for example fuel in jector cleaner octane booster intake valve de posit removers etc which are sold commer cially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvents or similar ingredients that can be harm ful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a met
286. roper operation is noted 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system CHILD SAFETY Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources including doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organizations Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child There are three basic types of child restraint systems e Rear facing child restraint should not be installed in this vehicle e Front facing child restraint should not be installed in the Roadster models e Booster seat WARNING e Never let an infant who requires the use of a rear facing child restraint ride in this vehicle Do not attempt to hold a child in your lap or arms e Roadster models do not have an an chor for a top tether strap required for most front facing child restraints Never let children who require the use of a front facing child restraint ride in Roadster models e Children need special protection The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropri ate child restraints e Never let a child stand
287. s tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When checking the tires make sure no nuts are missing and check for any loose nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires cannot be rotated in this vehicle Tire wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle pulls to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips Adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for dam age cuts or excessive wear Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a damaged windshield repaired by a qualified re pair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when performing periodic maintenance clea
288. s can be set for the FM band six for FM1 six for FM2 and six stations can be set for the AM band 1 Tune to the desired station using the SEEK SCAN or TUNE button 2 Select the desired station and keep pushing any of the desired station select buttons 1 to 6 until a beep sound is heard The radio mutes when the select button is pushed 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Memorizing is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse blows the radio memory will be erased In that case reset the desired sta tions Compact disc CD player operation Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position and insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side facing up The compact disc will be guided automatically into the slot and start play ing After loading the disc the number of tracks on the disc will appear on the display If the radio is already operating it will automati cally turn off and the compact disc will play CAUTION Do not force the compact disc into the slot This could damage the player If the system has been turned off while the compact disc was playing pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob will start the com pact disc 3 1 in 8 cm diameter compact discs can also be used without an adapter CD PLAY When the CD CD play button is pushed with the system off and the compact
289. s lit one or more of your tires Is significantly under inflated The sys tem also displays pressure of all tires except the spare tire on the trip computer by sending a signal from a sensor that is installed in each wheel The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving For more details refer to Trip computer and Low tire pressure warning light in the 2 Instruments and controls section Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section and Flat tire in the 6 In case of emergency section Tire inflation pressure Check the tire pressures including the spare often and always prior to long distance trips The recommended tire pressure specifications are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label under the COLD TIRE PRESSURE heading The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because e Most tires naturally lose air over time e Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile
290. s of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Infor mation Booklet that comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Infor mation Booklet or it has become lost you may obtain a replacement by writing to e Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 e Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4 W 425 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS US only If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National High way Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying NISSAN If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in in dividual problems between you your dealer or NISSAN To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other in formation about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 NISSAN 1 1 800 647 7261 READINESS FOR INSPECTION
291. s on seat belt usage essers 1 10 HAIG Sale iy dsena 1 12 Pregnant WOMEN sssrinds 1 13 inj red personS serors aaia 1 14 Three point type seat belt with retractor ss Seat belt extenders oo Seat belt maintenance ou ecseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeaseeees Ci restraints seges Precautions on child restraints seseseseseseseseeeeeeene Child restraint installation on front passenger seat Coupe models Only c sssssecssssssseseseseseeeseeeees Top tether strap child restraint Coupe models only sssssssssseseseseseseseesssseseeses Booster seats eas cces secccscce ccs een eteete csnetetccceutapeectseatacemeees Precautions on booster seats cccscsscseseeeceees Booster seat installation on front passenger Supplemental restraint system oo cesses Precautions on supplemental restraint system Supplemental air bag warning labels sesse Supplemental air bag warning light esses SEATS side the vehicle They could unknow ingly activate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents Sit upright and well back A WARNING e For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The
292. s on the keyfob simultaneously for more than 2 seconds to switch from one mode to the other When pushing the buttons to set hazard indica tor only mode the hazard indicator flashes 3 times When pushing the buttons to set hazard indica tor and horn mode the hazard indicator flashes Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 once and the horn chirps once 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments 1 Pull the hood lock release handle located below the instrument panel the hood will then spring up slightly 2 Raise the lever 2 at the front of the hood with your fingertips and raise the hood 3 Insert the assist bar into the slot 3 in the front edge of the hood 4 When closing the hood reset the assist bar to its original position then slowly close the hood and make sure it locks into place Hold the coated part A when removing or resetting the support rod Avoid direct con tact with the metal parts as they may be hot immediately after the engine has been stopped WARNING e Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving Failure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident e If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood REAR HATCH Coupe models WARNING Do not drive with the rear hatch open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See Precautions when star
293. s will come on BRAKE OF The following lights come on briefly and then go off A ABS oF VDC AT CHECK If any light fails to come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the elec SERVICE SS ENGINE f SOON sup oe 2 12 Instruments and controls Low washer fluid warning light Seat belt warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Automatic transmission position indicator light A T models Cruise main switch indicator light if so equipped hi D S W oH Cruise set switch indicator light if so equipped Front passenger air bag status light trical system Have promptly WARNING LIGHTS or Anti lock brake warning light the system repaired When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the anti lock brake warning light will illuminate and then turn off This indicates the anti lock brake system ABS is operational If the light comes on while the engine is running w WM eon a2 2x U emo op High beam indicator light Blue Malfunction indicator lamp MIL Slip indicator light 9 Traction control system TCS off indica tor light if so equipped lt O gi iT m Vehicle dynamic control VDC off indica tor light if so equipped Soft top indicator light Roadster models Turn signal hazard indicator lights it may indicate the anti lock brake system is not functioning proper
294. scsssssssesessssessesesstsesensesansess 4 29 ANTONINA oae ee ccceedaee ab eaa eS 4 30 Car phone or CB radio sisiidsjssssreanisnrnc 4 30 SAFETY NOTE WARNING Positioning of the heating or air con ditioning controls and display con trols should not be done while driv ing in order that full attention may be given to driving operation Do not disassemble or modify this system If you do it may result in accidents fire or electric shock Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality such as a frozen screen or lack of sound Continued use of the system may result in acci dent fire or electric shock In case you notice any foreign object in the system hardware spill liquid on it or notice smoke or smell com ing from it stop using the system immediately and contact a NISSAN dealer Ignoring such conditions may lead to accidents fire or electric shock CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM map DEST ROUTE ZOOM IN l ZOOM OUT When you use this system make sure the engine is running If you use the system with the engine not running ignition ON or ACC for a long time it will use up all the battery power and the engine will not start Reference symbols ENTER button This is a button on the control panel Display key This is a select key on the screen By selecting this key you can proceed to the next function 4 2 Display screen heater air conditioner
295. secured after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop The spare tire is designed for emer gency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual WARNING If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a corrosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with any thing immediately flush the con tacted area with water Keep battery out of the reach of chil dren The booster battery must be rated at tery always wear suitable eye protec tors for example goggles or indus trial safety spectacles and remove rings metal bands or any other jew elry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause serious injury In case of emergency 6 7 CAUTION e Always connect positive to posi tive and negative to body ground for example strut mounting k g DO NZ AN O bolt etc not to the battery Saker
296. sed the light will flash When the soft top is in motion and any of the following conditions occur the top will stop moving e The vehicle is moved e The ignition switch is turned to OFF e The foot brake pedal is released e The passenger power seat switch on the cushion or the seatback is operated Remove your hand from the soft top operating switch and push the switch again to move the top to the fully opened or closed position The soft top indicator light will turn off when the top open operation is completely finished When closing the top the light which is illuminated will begin to flash when the top close operation is completely finished Securely engage the top to the vehicle body by operating the top latch lever The light will turn off If the soft top indicator light flashes with the ignition switch ON whether the top is operated or not and when the top is engaged it may indicate the top operating system is not func tioning properly Have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Automatic passenger seatback tilt function The passenger seatback will automatically tilt forward when the soft top is operated This function is designed to draw your passenger s attention to the rear section of the top which will come into the passenger compartment from behind during the top operation The seatback will return to the original position when the entire top operation is completed
297. should be checked peri odically for example each time you check engine oll e Check that all windows and lights are clean e Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper infla tion e Lock all doors e Position seat and adjust head restraints e Adjust inside and outside mirrors e Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise e Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition key is turned to the ON position See Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the 2 Instruments and con trols section STARTING THE ENGINE 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Automatic transmission Move the selector lever to P Park or N Neutral P preferred The starter is designed not to operate if the selector lever is in one of the driving posi tions Manual transmission Move the shift lever to N Neutral position and depress the clutch pedal to the floor while cranking the engine The starter is designed not to operate unless the clutch pedal is fully depressed 3 Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turning the ignition key to START Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure e If the engine is very hard to start in extremely cold weather or when restarting depress the accelerator pedal a little approximately 1 3 to the floor and hold it then crank
298. similar to those of a higher severity side impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in certain side collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag operation When the supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Supplemental side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest of the front occupants Curtain side impact air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating side air bag and curtain side impact air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries Supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the supplemental side air bag and seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain side impact air bag inflate quickly in order to help
299. sition 4 Turn off the engine 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance person nel that you need assistance Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic 4 and clear of the vehicle WAS WARNING e Make sure the parking brake is se curely applied and the manual trans mission is shifted into R Reverse or the automatic transmission into P Park e Never change tires when the vehicle MCE0001A is on a slope ice or slippery areas Blocking wheels Jae o Wee Place suitable blocks at both the front and e Never change tires if oncoming traffic back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire is close to your vehicle Wait for pro K to prevent the vehicle from moving when it fessional road assistance is jacked up WARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the ve hicle may move and result in personal injury Coupe models Getting the spare tire and tools Remove spare tire and jacking tools from the storage area located in the luggage trunk as illustrated Coupe models 1 Spare tire Turn the retainer counterclock wise to remove 2 Jack Turn it counterclockwise to remove 3 Jacking tools In case of emergency 6 3 on other vehicles The jack is de signed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change e Use the correct jack up points Never use any other part of the vehicle for jac
300. sity of the headlight of the following vehicle When the inside mirror is in the I AUTO position 4 excessive glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind you will be reduced The AUTO indicator light A green will be on When the switch of the inside mirror is in the OFF position 2 the inside mirror will operate normally For HomeLink Universal Transceiver see the description in the 2 Instruments and controls section OUTSIDE MIRRORS WARNING Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects The outside mirror will operate only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Turn the control knob located on the driver side door armrest to right or left to select the right or left outside mirror then adjust using the knob Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 27 Foldable outside mirrors Fold the outside mirror by pushing it toward the rear of the vehicle 3 28 Pre driving checks and adjustments 4 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems yet ol MES eee eee ee ee ae 4 2 Control panel buttons with navigation system 4 2 Names of the Component eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 2 How to use joystick
301. snsnennnne 6 10 Towing a TAME cic decccosoeetesrrnre ten ctrapeieeeeentoeeties 9 18 Towing load specification Chart 9 18 Towing SATCU eststceneveccrcsncestvacenstctenctinsterccccneas 9 19 TPMS Tire pressure monitoring system 5 3 6 2 Traction control system TCS c sssssssssecsesseesees 5 22 Traction control system TCS off switch 2 30 gets econ in e areeneretrere er rerernr cere eteereree orrcr rere errr 9 18 Transceiver HomeLink Universal TANS CEI V GU tccrssscesencoresaxsevetaassniernycensaenveannenanks 2 43 Transmission Automatic transmission fluid ATF 8 12 Driving with automatic transmission 5 6 5 9 Driving with manual transmission 5 7 5 13 Transmission selector lever lock release 5 12 Transmitter See remote keyless entry system 3 5 Traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUMUY eee tn ee ee ee 9 10 Tip COMPUTET isian 2 8 Trip odometer sosssireriinn nns 2 10 Trunk Interior trunk lid release sses 3 11 Trank NGG rierren enren earannan 2 43 Secondary trunk lid release 3 12 Mr nk laea emcees See ee oe are ees 3 10 Turn signal SWING i ciroecescauteeccssacuccereccancnursatennixavnanbedes 2227 U Underbody cleaning scccsscsccscscscesscereeseeceesaseesseeseerees 7 3 Uniform tire quality grading sessies 9 23 Up shift indicator M T models csesesesesesees 5 14 Up shift indicator setting rom M T models 2 11 V Vanity mirror light en
302. so flash in the trip computer display When the low tire pressure warning light illumi nates you should stop and adjust the tire pres sure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recom mended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure For additional information see Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section and in the 6 In case of emergency section TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is turned ON The light will remain on after the 1 minute Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section WARNING e If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch turned ON have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible e If the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the v
303. srrerrererrirrerrerrrernn 5 20 Steering wheel switch for audio controls 4 29 Tilting steering wheel ssssssssssssresrsrssinesisrreres 3 25 StopWwatCh ssiri insidiis natina 2 10 Storage sses nEn E 2 33 SLOWING golf bagS s sesseesessrsesrssrerrerrerenrrsnrrresrrrses 2 37 SUN VISOON S resected n cet er ue de cetinecesngsl aA PRESE TREERE E EnS 3 25 Sunglasses holder sssssesssesssersseerssrerresrrrerrsrrrresreerens 2 34 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 43 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 43 2 15 Supplemental restraint SYStOM cseeeeeeeee 1 28 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSTE eee ane eee 1 28 Supplemental side and curtain side impact air bag SY SUN es csecatiet acetate ecm a aetitectist cas 1 40 Switch Audio control steering wheel switch 4 29 Hazard warning flasher SWITCH sss 2 28 Headlight SWING taco dt tecerdeserecs race ceaceeecececes dened 2 25 Ignition SWItE Pisses ern emer ee nee Tn te 5 6 Ignition switch automatic transmission 616 5 ote anee tpt rear entre or oir Ee nr se 5 6 5 9 Ignition switch manual transmission Models acisecacacees ctditetnevecnveceateceuteccaseaateczsesciatans 5 7 5 13 Power door lock SWItCH ccsceeete eee 3 4 Rear window and outside mirror defroster VEC Nseries wes cteseseene erent t 2 24 Traction control system TCS off switch 2 30 Turn signal switch oscars ccteteteeeetest era 2 27 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off s
304. ss 2 20 Windshield wiper and washer Switch 2 22 Rear window wiper and washer switch Coupe models ssccsccteshdcssszecesesckesdeaecunesoseseeeatecesatseeeciodenistod 2 23 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch 2 24 Headlight and turn signal switch sessssssssssissssrsssrn 2 25 Xenon WSCA QIN S ssis eeccscaceceiec verte eeeseer ee ens 2 25 FHeadhont SWING gee meme eerie ener see tins terre eel enmnerrrr 2 25 Daytime running light system Canada only 2 26 T rn signal SWItCH Meer eeetererememeeeerree coer irre erere errrre 2 27 Instrument brightness Control eeeseeeteeteeteees 2 27 Hazard warning flasher switch 00 cessseseseeeeeeereeeeeeees 2 28 FROWN A T E E E A AA E TA 2 28 Heated seats if so equipped csssssssessesesesesesesseseeseees 2 29 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch if so equipped s ssrsssesresssrerssriessrressrrensrrensnrennnrnnnnnnnnnnns 2 30 Traction control system TCS off switch if so equipped essssecsessssesssessesessesessssessssesstsessessstseteesess 2 30 COCE er E E 2 31 Adus ng he me srsseusiness it vaaeeeeee 2 31 FOwer UNET epee se teccececeieteennncue ein cece eisoees one 2 32 SLOG E EE E E E E emetea 2 33 Instrument pocket except for navigation system equipped models cessed ccustcconetencoessosapaicmndecerooueaeeee 2 33 Sunglasses holder Coupe models sseeee 2 34 CO TO ee A 2 34 CUD NOIES srren E ER 2 35 CONSE ole Gaemeeerrccerecre eee en
305. ss downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point See Top tether strap child restraint in this section SSS0641 Front facing step 8 8 Before placing the child in the child restraint hold the child restraint near the seat belt path and use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 in 25 mm If it does move more than 1 in 25 mm pull again on the shoulder belt to further tighten the child restraint If you are unable to properly secure the restraint try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more belt webbing out of the retractor the retractor Is in the automatic locking mode 10 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 8 11 pass OFF i e AIRBAG Sy SSS0681 Front facing step 11 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position The front passenger ai
306. stick and wipe it clean Rein sert it all the way 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself SDI1781 5 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be between the H and L marks B If the oil level is below the L mark a remove the oil filler cap and pour recom mended oil through the opening Do not overfill 6 Recheck oil level with dipstick It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the severity of operating conditions CAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Operating the engine with insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not covered by warranty CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER Change the engine oil and filter according to the maintenance log shown in the Service and Main tenance Guide Vehicle set up 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Run the engine until it reaches operating temperature Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Raise and support the vehicle using a suit able floor jack and safety jack stands Place the safety jack stands under the vehicle jack up points A suitable adapter should be attached to the jack stand saddle Remove the plastic engine undercover Remove the small plastic clip at the center point of the undercover Then remove the other bolts that hold the undercover in place
307. supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the trunk closed when not in use and 5 2 Starting and driving prevent children s access to car keys Roadster models EXHAUST GAS Carbon monoxide WARNING Do not breathe exhaust gases they con tain colorless and odorless carbon mon oxide Carbon monoxide is dangerous It can cause unconsciousness or death e If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all windows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately e Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage e Do not park the vehicle with the en gine running for any extended length of time e Keep the rear hatch trunk lid closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the pas senger compartment If you must drive with the rear hatch trunk lid open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the air recirculation mode OFF and the fan control at the maxi mum position to circulate the air If electrical wiring or other cable con nections must pass to a trailer through the seal on the rear hatch trunk lid or the body follow the manufacturer s recommendation to prevent carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle If a special body camper or other equipment is added for recreational or other usage fol
308. system TPMS 000 6 2 Towing your vehicle siuisicesaniada 6 10 Changing a flat Ure siisiissnsienaidinsssun 6 2 Towing recommended by NISSAN ccsceeeseeees 6 11 Jump SUNG cecal dessa sc ceeeweesevensesorsenesesnseeeneceteesmaneseacesoresad 6 7 Vehicle recovery Freeing a stuck vehicle 0 6 12 Push STANO permet ner iene raaraa 6 9 FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the tire pressure monitoring system TPMS It monitors tire pres sure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more of your tires Is significantly under inflated The sys tem also displays pressure of all tires except the spare tire on the trip computer by sending a signal from a sensor that is installed in each wheel If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light in the meter panel or the PSI indicator on the trip computer This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h For more details refer to Trip com puter and Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the 2 Instruments and controls section and Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section 6 2 In case of emergency WARNING If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates and or the PS
309. t a NISSAN dealer for details BOOSTER SEATS PRECAUTIONS ON BOOSTER e SEATS could lead to serious injury or death in an accident 4A WARNING e Children should always be placed in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the vehicle Failure to use a child restraint or booster seat can result in serious injury or death e Children should never be carried on your lap It is not possible for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of a severe accident The child could be crushed between the adult A WARNING and parts of the vehicle Also do not put the same seat belt around both Do not use towels books pillows or your child and yourself other items in place of a booster seat e A booster seat must only be installed Items such as these may move during in a seating position that has a normal driving or a collision and result lap shoulder belt Failure to use a in serious injury or death Booster seats three point type seat belt with a are designed to be used with a booster seat can result in a serious lap shoulder belt Booster seats are de injury in sudden stop or collision signed to properly route the lap and shoulder portions of the seat belt over e An improperly installed booster seat the strongest portions of a child s body Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 25 to provide the maximum protection dur ing a collision Booster seats of various sizes are offered
310. t and idle the engine with the transmission in Neutral for two minutes Failure to idle the engine after every 500 miles of towing may cause damage to internal transmission parts UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department Of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified gov ernment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B and C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea sured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and con crete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is bas
311. t and the system will turn off If the compact disc comes out and is not 4 28 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems removed it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it If either of the following messages appear on the display push the EJECT button e PUSH EJECT Eject the disc and insert it again e CHECK DISC Eject the disc and check whether it is damaged or inserted upside down e CD ERR F Eject the disc and check whether it is a proper audio CD shows a different number according to the au dio condition CD IN indicator CD IN indicator inserted slot number 1 6 appears on the display when the CD is loaded SAA0451 CD CARE AND CLEANING Handle a CD by its edges Never touch the surface of the disc Do not bend the disc Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use A new disc may be rough on its inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges using the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated SEEK A 1 VOLUME control switch 2 MODE select switch 3 POWER on off switch 4 Tuning switch STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR AUDIO CONTROL if so equipped The audio system can be operated using the controls on th
312. t sit or place excessive weight on the top and the storage lid espe cially when the top is being operated The top may be damaged Do not drive the vehicle with the top partially opened Always make sure the top is either fully opened or closed before driving Secure items so that they cannot be blown from the vehicle while driving with the top open When a child restraint is installed in the passenger seat be sure to turn the seatback tilt cancel switch lo cated on the passenger seatback to the CANCEL position or the child restraint may be damaged WHEN OPERATING THE TOP WARNING Keep hands and other parts of the body away from moving parts such as the top storage lid and power windows CAUTION Keep all parts of the top linkage clear of obstructions or the top latch may not be securely locked NOTE e In case of low battery or low tempera ture the top may temporarily stop mov ing during the operation This functions to protect the top control mechanism and it is not a malfunction If the top is opened and closed repeat edly in a short period of time it may stop moving to protect the top motor Wait for a few minutes before operating the top again Make sure the trunk lid is securely closed before operating the top Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments Top latch lever The soft top has three locking points to engage the front edge of th
313. t vehicle slipping or spinning due to abrupt steer ing Operation at high speeds or by care less or dangerous driving techniques Be especially careful when driving on slippery surfaces and always drive safely VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM if so equipped When accelerating or driving on slippery sur faces the tires may spin or slide With the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system sensors detect these movements and control the braking and engine output to help improve vehicle sta bility e When the VDC system is operating the SLIP indicator in the instrument panel blinks e When only the Traction Control System TCS portion of the VDC system is operat ing the SLIP indicator in the instrument panel blinks e Ifthe SLIP indicator blinks the road condi tions are slippery Be sure to adjust your speed and driving to these conditions Be sure to drive carefully See Slip indicator light and Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF indicator light in the 2 Instruments and controls section e Indicator light If a malfunction occurs in the system the SLIP and VDC OFF indicator lights illumi nate in the instrument panel As long as these indicators are illuminated the VDC system function is canceled The VDC system uses an Active Brake Limited Slip ABLS system to improve vehicle traction The ABLS system works when one of the driving wheels is spinning on a slippery su
314. te the switch Do not operate the power support seat for a long period of time when the engine is off This will discharge the battery 4 Forward and backward Moving the sliding switch forward or backward will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position When sliding the passenger s seat backward be careful not to crush items in the seatback pocket against the rear floor box 2 Reclining Move the reclining switch backward until the desired angle is obtained To bring the seatback forward move the switch forward and move your body forward The seatback will move forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section The seatback may also be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is parked Automatic passenger seatback tilt function The passenger seatback will automatically tilt forward and backward during the soft top open close operation If you need to cancel this function or when a child restraint is installed in the passenger s seat push the seatback tilt cancel switch to the CANCEL position For more information about operation conditions see Soft top in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section For the cancel switch see Tilting and reclining passenger s seat from driv er s seat later
315. te the switch Do not operate the power support seat for a long period of time when the engine is off This will discharge the battery Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT for Roadster models Operating tips Driver s e The seat motor has an auto reset overload 4 Forward and backward Moving the sliding switch forward or backward will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position When sliding the passenger s seat backward be careful not to crush items in the seatback pocket against the rear floor box 2 Reclining for driver s seat Move the reclining switch backward until the desired angle is obtained To bring the seatback forward move the switch forward and move your body forward The seatback will move forward 2 Reclining for passenger s seat The passenger s seat is equipped with a manual lever for reclining See Front manual seat ad justment earlier in this section The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section The seatback may also be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is parked 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system protection circuit If the motor stops during operation wait 30 seconds then reactiva
316. tecienceesrcstenneresantines sacencntens 9 11 F M V S S C M V S S certification label s 9 11 Emission control information label sses 9 11 Tire and loading information label assesses 9 12 Air conditioner specification label sesse 9 12 Installing front license plate 00 0 0 cesses 9 13 Vehicle loading information stecteccuctesccsactsccctccsstsonceccecscence 9 14 PAS CE A T F E N E 9 14 Vehicle load Capacity sissu 9 15 Loading UPS srs cc eccaceaceercte ec eepereeenactess 9 17 Measurement of weights ceecceeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeeeees 9 17 Towing a aler sassis 9 18 Maximum load WITS sisccsiccvminvdecsvancvanccssesdascescodsensnaeonns 9 18 Towna Saey amarasi 9 19 Flat TOWING aasian iia aana aA aE 9 22 Automatic transmission sssssssssssisssrssissinsinnrennnsrnsinsrenna 9 23 Manual transmission ssssesssessussisrussiurinsnnnrnnnnnnnnnrnnrensnnns 9 23 Uniform tire quality grading ssesssssssssssssssrsrsrssrsrsrsrerssrnsnns 9 23 Emission control system warranty sesers 9 24 Reporting safety defects US only ccccesseseseseseeeeseees 9 24 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test USANI eencee et ero nner ert ne ner een ee 9 95 Event data recorders vcscscsiessneccccnnsancesiuidsnsnneaseaceresvenwicedesdies 9 26 Owner s manual service manual order information 9 26 In the event Of a COIlISION wc ececceeesesceeeeeeeeeereees 9 27 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS The following are approximate capacit
317. tem malfunction see a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible When you must close the top by yourself in the event of emergency or when an immediate dealer service is not available close the top manually according to the procedures shown in this section When closing the soft top manually e Move the vehicle to a safe place away from traffic e Two people should perform this procedure as some of the top parts are extremely heavy The top cannot be opened manually WARNING e Do not drive with the top partially opened e If the top cannot be operated prop erly see a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible to have your vehicle checked Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 CAUTION The storage lid is extremely heavy Pull ing it up should be done by two people 1 Open the trunk lid In the event of discharged 2 Open the top storage lid battery you need to open the trunk lid as follows a Remove floorboard inside of the trunk b Remove the harness connector of the storage lid motor installed on the back right side of the trunk by pulling in a downward a Open the rear floor box behind the passenger seat b Remove the cap A using a suitable tool 8 direction c Pull the string handle secondary trunk lid c Pull down the lock release cable right and release until the trunk lid lock is released left d Lift up the trunk lid d Listen for a clicking sound of the lock releas ing
318. terior vehicle components in all situations Always secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period Never leave your keys in the vehicle and always lock the vehicle when unattended Be aware of your surroundings and park in secure well lit areas whenever possible Many devices offering additional protection such as component locks identification markers and tracking systems are available at auto sup ply stores and specialty shops A NISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection fea tures Instruments and controls 2 19 oe SIC1699A Security indicator light This light A blinks whenever the ignition switch is in the LOCK OFF or ACC position This is normal How to arm the vehicle security system 1 Close all windows The system can be activated even if the windows are open 2 Remove the key from the ignition switch 2 20 Instruments and controls 3 Close and lock all doors and rear hatch trunk lid Lock all doors by using the key or the keyfob When using the keyfob the hazard indicators flash twice to indicate all doors are locked 4 Confirm that the security indicator light comes on The security indicator light glows for about 30 seconds and then blinks The system is now activated If during this 30 second time period the door is unlocked by the key or the keyfob or the ignition ke
319. th a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Supplemental front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the head and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with NISSAN advanced air bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The supplemental front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occu pants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the air bag module during inflation The air bag will deflate quickly after a collision The supplemental front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START position After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational pass OFF AIRBAG 25 SSS0681 Front passenger air bag status light Front passenger air bag and status light WARNING The front passenger air b
320. than after they have worked on it You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements of your ve hicle in a reliable and economic way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smells be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer do it promptly In addition you should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work closely observe the Maintenance precau tions later in this section EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found later in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that all doors and the engine hood operate smoothly as well as the trunk lid or back hatch Also make sure that all latches lock securely Lubricate if necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop light
321. that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Larger children Children who are too large for child restraint systems should be seated and restrained by the seat belts which are provided The seat belt may not fit properly if the child is less than 4 ft 9 in 142 5 cm tall and weighs between 40 Ibs 18 kg and 80 Ibs 86 kg A booster seat should be used to obtain proper seat belt fit NISSAN recommends that a child be placed in a commercially available booster seat if the shoul der belt in the child s seating position fits close to the face or neck or if the lap portion of the seat belt goes across the abdomen The booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the top middle por tion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips A booster seat can only be used in seating positions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Ca nadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck use the shoulder belt without the booster seat PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental
322. the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slippery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping distances Normal operation The anti lock brake system will not operate at speeds below 3 to 6 MPH 5 to 10 km h to completely stop the vehicle The speeds will vary according to road conditions When the anti lock system senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator under the hood rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure like pumping the brakes very quickly While the actuator is working you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from the actuator under the hood This is normal and indicates that the anti lock system is working properly However the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra Care Is required while driving Self test feature The anti lock brake system consists of electronic sensors electric pumps and hydraulic solenoids controlled by a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of any malfunction If the computer se
323. the engine Release the key and the accelerator pedal when the engine starts e Ifthe engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Crank the engine for 5 to 6 seconds After cranking the engine release the accelerator pedal Crank the en gine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turning the ignition key to START Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start turn the key off and wait 10 seconds before cranking again other wise the starter could be damaged 4 Warm up Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 seconds after starting Do not race the en gine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather In cold weather keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 to 3 minutes before shutting it off Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to start DRIVING THE VEHICLE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 5 speed automatic transmission The automatic transmission in your vehicle is electronically controlled by a transmission con trol module to produce maximum power and smooth operation Shown on the following pages are the recom mended operating procedures for this transmis s
324. the preset buttons Initial PTY CAT names are stored in the preset buttons but these can be changed by pushing the preset buttons for more than 1 5 seconds when the desired PTY CAT name is in the display _ _ ADULT HITS ALL PTY CLASSICAL 1 14 TRAFFIC COUNTRY Jt 14 TOP 40 JAZZ it C JA It TALK 0 NEWS Jt jt SPORTS OLDIES jt jt ROCK PUBLIC 1 2 PTY CAT SEEK tuning mode After selecting a PTY CAT name push the SEEK button M or W within 10 sec 4 26 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems onds Tuning to the PTY CAT station will start If you do not push the SEEK button within the 10 second period the PTY CAT mode will be cancelled 3 PTY CAT SCAN tuning mode Push the SCAN tuning button to tune the PTY CAT name station and stop at each broadcasting station for 5 seconds Pushing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station Compact disc CD changer operation Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position push the LOAD button and insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side facing up The compact disc will be guided automatically into the slot and start playing After loading the disc the number of tracks on the disc will appear on the display If the radio is already operatin
325. the training 8 Your HomeLink button should now be pro grammed To program the remaining HomeLink buttons for additional door or gate openers follow steps 2 8 only NOTE Do not repeat step 1 unless you want to clear all previously programmed HomeLink buttons If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 PROGRAMMING HomeLink FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS Prior to 1992 D O C regulations required hand held transmitters to stop transmitting after 2 seconds To program your hand held transmitter to HomeLink continue to press and hold the HomeLink button note steps 2 through 4 under Programming HomeLink while you press and re press cycle your hand held transmitter every 2 seconds until the indicator light flashes rapidly indicating successful pro gramming NOTE When programming a garage door opener etc it is advised to unplug the device during the cycling process to prevent possible damage to the garage door opener components OPERATING THE HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER The HomeLink Universal Transceiver once programmed may now be used to activate the garage door etc To operate simply press the appropriate programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver button The red indicator light will illuminate while the signal is being transmitted PRO
326. ting and driving in the 5 Starting and driving section for exhaust gas OPENER OPERATION The rear hatch release switch is located be tween the license plate lights To open the rear hatch unlock it with one of the following operations then push the release switch e Push the UNLOCK gg button on the key fob once Pushing the HATCH TRUNK w button on the keyfob can open the rear hatch at once without pushing the release switch e Insert the key into the door key cylinder and turn the door key counterclockwise once e Push the power door lock switch to the UNLOCK side The rear hatch employs a spring component which enables you to lift up the hatch by one hand Because of this sometimes the rear hatch may clatter when the lock Is released but it is not a malfunction To close push the rear hatch down securely The rear hatch release switch is linked with the driver side door lock To open the rear hatch unlock the driver side door Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 SECONDARY REAR HATCH RELEASE The secondary rear hatch release mechanism allows opening the rear hatch in the event of discharged battery or emergency The release string handle is located under the strut tower bar inside the luggage compartment To open the rear hatch from the inside firmly pull the release handle to the direc tion shown above until the lock releases 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments TRUNK
327. tion booklet Care of wheels e Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance e Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed e Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels e Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead e NISSAN recommends that the road wheels be waxed to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter Spare tire T type spare tire Observe the following precautions if the T type spare tire must be used otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident CAUTION e The T type spare tire should be used for emergency use only It should be replaced by the standard tire at the first opportunity e Drive carefully while the T type spare tire is installed Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving Periodically check the T type spare tire inflation pressure and always keep it at 60 psi 420 kPa 4 2 bar Do not drive your vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH 80 km h Do not use tire chains on a T type spare tire Tire chains will not fit properly on the T type spare tire and may cause damage to the vehicle Tire tread of the T type spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the stan dard tire Replace the T type spare tire as soon as th
328. tom of the steering wheel with one hand Move your hand in the direction in which you want the trailer to go Make small corrections and back up slowly If possible have someone guide you when you are backing up Always block the wheels on both vehicle and trailer when parking Parking on a slope is not recommended however if you must do so and if a vehicle is equipped with automatic transmission first apply the parking brake and block the wheels and then move the transmission selector lever into the P Park position If you move the selector lever to the P Park position before blocking the wheels and applying the parking brake the transmis sion may get damaged When going down a hill shift into a lower gear and use the engine braking effect When going up a long grade downshift the transmission to a lower gear and reduce speed to reduce chances of engine overload ing and or overheating If the engine coolant rises to an extremely high temperature when the air conditioning system is on turn off the air conditioner Coolant heat can be additionally vented by Technical and consumer information 9 21 opening the windows switching the fan con trol to high and setting the temperature con trol to the HOT position Trailer towing consumes more fuel than nor mal circumstances Avoid towing a trailer for the first 500 miles 800 km Have a vehicle serviced more often than at intervals specified in the recommended m
329. ts will automati cally turn off 30 minutes after the latest operation of the following with the ignition switch in the ACC or OFF position e Opening or closing any door e Locking or unlocking with the keyfob a key or the power door lock switch e Inserting or removing a key from the ignition switch These lights will turn on again when any of the above operations is performed after the lights have turned off automatically The lights will turn off 30 minutes after the latest operation of the above as well CAUTION e Turn off the lights when you leave the vehicle e Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery 2 42 Instruments and controls VANITY MIRROR LIGHT The light on the vanity mirror will turn on when the cover on the vanity mirror is opened When the vanity mirror light stays on it will automatically turn off 30 minutes after the ignition switch has been turned to the OFF position To turn on the light again turn the ignition switch to the ON position LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT Coupe models The light illuminates when the rear hatch is opened When the rear hatch is closed the light will go off TRUNK LIGHT Roadster models The light illuminates when the trunk lid is opened When the trunk lid is closed the light will go off HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER if so equipped The HomeLink Universal Transceiver provid
330. ugs ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for condi tions ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle fea tures or taking other actions that could distract you ALWAYS use your seat belts Refer to Child safety and Child restraints in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system sec tion for precautions regarding chil dren ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety fea tures to all occupants of the vehicle e ALWAYS review this Owner s Manual for important safety information MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modi fication could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or performance problems result ing from modification may not be covered under NISSAN warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all options available on this model There fore you may find some information that does not apply to your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications or design at any time without notice IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways WARNING This is used to ind
331. unction indicator lamp MIL may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips the ENGINE lamp should turn off If the lamp remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer e For additional information see Mal function indicator lamp MIL later in this section SIC1954A Type A ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine lubrication sys tem oil pressure while the engine is running When the engine speed is high the engine oil pressure is also high When it is low the gauge indicates the low oil pressure SIC1953A Type B CAUTION This gauge is not designed to indi cate low engine oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section If the gauge needle does not move with the proper amount of engine oil have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Continued vehicle Instruments and controls 2 7 operation in such a condition could cause serious damage to the engine 2 8 Instruments and controls VOLT METER When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the volt meter indicates the battery voltage while the engine is running it indicates the alternator voltage of 11 15 volts normal range A However while cranking the engine the volts drop below the normal range If the needle is not in the normal range A while the engine is running
332. ury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by requiring the air bag to be automatically turned OFF The occupant classification sensor pattern sen sor is in the front passenger seat cushion and is designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat For example if a child is in the front passenger seat the advanced air bag system is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat the occupant classification sensor can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as outlined in this manual should not cause the passenger air bag to be automatically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occupant does not sit in the seat properly for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF Always be sure to Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 37 be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag The occupant classification sensor is designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child re straints as requ
333. ush the keyfob button two or three times to check its operation See a NISSAN dealer if you need any assistance for replacement If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement perform step 4 above e Be careful not to touch the circuit board and the battery terminal e An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal e The keyfob is water resistant however if it gets wet immediately wipe it com pletely dry e When changing batteries do not let dust or oil get on the keyfob FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for com pliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause undes ired operation of the device Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 LIGHTS 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself 4 Front view KR O N Headlight low beam high beam Spot light Front park light Front turn signal light 5 Front side marker light 2 Rear view Coupe 3 Rear view Roadster Luggage compartment light Coupe or Trunk light Roadster High mounted stop li
334. ved from the ignition switch The theft warning alarm and headlights will stay on for 30 seconds The panic alarm stops when e lt has run for 30 seconds or e The LOCK amp button or the UNLOCK button is pushed or e The PANIC 3 button or the HATCH TRUNK button is pushed on the keyfob for longer than 0 5 seconds OPERATION GUIDE MODE Push LOCK and UNLOCK buttons for more than 2 seconds to switch Hazard indicator HAZARD INDICATOR and horn ONLY Hazard indicator HAZARD INDICATOR only AND HORN Setting hazard indicator and horn mode This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn mode when you first receive the vehicle In hazard indicator and horn mode when the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indi cator flashes twice and the horn chirps once When the UNLOCK gg button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes once If hazard indicator and horn mode is not neces sary you can switch to hazard indicator only mode by following the switching procedure In hazard indicator only mode when the LOCK Switching indicator HAZARD 3 times HAZARD twice HAZARD once HORN once UNLOCK LOCK No operation HAZARD twice HAZARD once HORN once A button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice When the UNLOCK p button is pushed neither the hazard indicator nor the horn operates Switching procedure Push the LOCK and UNLOCK gg but ton
335. volved in a frontal collision but the pre tensioner is not activated be sure to have the pre tensioner system checked and if necessary replaced by a NISSAN dealer e No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pre tensioner seat belt system This is to prevent accidental activa tion of the pre tensioner seat belt or damage to the pre tensioner seat belt operation Tampering with the pre tensioner seat belt system may result in serious personal injury e Work around and on the pre tensioner system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of elec trical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pre tensioner seat belt system e If you need to dispose of the pre tensioner or scrap the vehicle con tact a NISSAN dealer Correct pre tensioner disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury The front seat pre tensioner seat belt system 1 42 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system activates in conjunction with the front supple mental air bag systems Working with the seat belt retractor it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occu pants The pre tensioner is encased with the seat belt s retra
336. wever in some cases you may not be able to stow the above number of golf bags in your vehicle depending on their sizes or types SIC2377 The rear floor box has another storage space REAR PARCEL BOX under the bottom plate Push the upper part of the lid to open the rear parcel box For models without the Navigation WARNING system two boxes are available Keep rear floor box lid closed while A WARNING driving to help prevent injury in an acci dent or a sudden stop e The rear parcel box should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e Keep rear parcel box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an Instruments and controls 2 37 bag down 2 Coupe models Roadster models Normally two standard golf bags can be stowed Normally one standard golf bag C can be across the strut tower bar in the luggage area as stowed in the trunk Insert the top of the golf bag illustrated A and B When stowing a golf bag A into left side of the trunk 4 then put the bag in the rear space insert the top of the golf bag down 2 2 38 Instruments and controls COAT HOOK Coupe models SIC 2378 The hooks are located above the side windows as shown in the illustration CAUTION Do not place items which are more than 2 Ib 1 kg on the hook WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS WARNING e Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in
337. witch 2 30 T Tachomete neccssnirasroi oaen aana aA reer 2 5 Temperature display xcm cnmawnccnntinemenieans 2 9 Temperature gauge Engine coolant temperature oeUe E E E A E 2 6 Theft NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine statt s sssini enii 2 20 Three way Cala YSU wuts cussaxcesencpasnsirnndsonbcacavacarsboedincusies 5 3 Tilting passenger s seat scecccceseeeeeeesseeeteeeeeesees 1 7 Tilting steering wheel ss s s sssssssssssresrsresirenesnsnnsrennnnns 3 25 Tire pressure Low tire pressure warning lotes N 2 14 Tires Flat tire seinae en 6 2 Low tire pressure warning SYStOM eee 5 3 Spare LIS sareetara serosa SRE SORAS Er APEIROS RNS 8 39 Tire and Loading information label 8 32 Tire and Loading Information label 9 12 Tire Chais odes cee eres a 8 37 Tire AressiNg essea rerr ronan ererera se 7 4 10 6 Tire RCS SURG erterececertarereructiscsesececeeesecacaseestaesbndnntye 8 30 Tire pressure indicator ssccetasece cs csectecccrercevercvercens 2 10 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS Jaiera 5 3 6 2 Tire rotation sser 8 37 Types OP W6S sssecreriteeeri niani 8 36 Uniform tire quality grading 9 23 Wheel tire SIZ6 s sssessssssssrseeresssrerererenrsrreenenrerrenennnee 9 9 Wheels and tires ssssssssssssssrsrsresnernrrsnesinnesesnenenn 8 30 Top Sot topikna an renee errr 3 13 Towing Flat WV Gc ccee es tasreceseseetcitceertneee reece 9 22 Tow truck tOWINg ssessessssrssssrsnssnensnnsrennsrsnn
338. y is turned to ACC or ON the system will not activate Even when the driver and or passengers are in the vehicle the system will activate with all doors and rear hatch trunk lid locked and ignition key off Turn the igni tion key to ACC to turn the system off Vehicle security system activation The security system will give the following alarm e The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently e The alarm automatically turns off after ap proximately 50 seconds However the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm can be shut off by unlocking a door with the key or by pushing the UNLOCK gg button on the keyfob The alarm is activated by e Opening the door without using the key or keyfob e Opening the rear hatch or the trunk lid with out using the keyfob How to stop an activated alarm The alarm will stop only by unlocking a door with the key or by pushing the UNLOCK gg but ton on keyfob The alarm will not stop if the ignition key is turned to ACC or ON If the system does not operate as de scribed above have it checked by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered key If the engine fails to start using the registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automated payment device on th
339. your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle will maintain the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the ac celerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle will return to the previously set speed e The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed use one of the following three methods a Push the CANCEL switch The SET indicator light will go out b Tap the brake pedal The SET indicator light will go out c Turn the MAIN switch off Both the CRUISE indicator and SET indicator lights will go out e lf you depress the brake pedal while pushing the ACCEL RES set switch and reset at the cruising speed turn the MAIN switch off once and then turn it on again e The cruise control will automatically be can celled if the vehicle slows down more than approximately 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed e Ifyou depress the clutch pedal manual trans mission or move the selector lever to N Neutral position automatic transmission the cruise control will be canceled To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods a Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch b Push and hold the ACCEL RES set switch When the vehicle attains the speed you desire release the switch c Push then quick
340. ype A fuses in the engine compartment fuse box and type 8 fuses in the passenger compartment fuse box Type A fuses are provided as spare fuses They are stored in the passenger compartment fuse box Type a fuses can be installed in the engine compartment and passenger compartment fuse boxes 3 f nun H al H nn i E n E ta wy If a type A fuse is used to replace a type fuse the type A fuse will not be level with the fuse pocket as shown in the illustration This will not affect the performance of the fuse Make sure the fuse Is installed in the fuse box securely Type fuses cannot be installed in the under hood fuse boxes Only use type A fuses in the underhood fuse boxes SDI1479B ENGINE COMPARTMENT CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and headlight switch are OFF Open the engine hood and remove the cover on the battery and the fuse fusible link holder Remove the fuse fusible link holder cover by pushing the tabs 1 and lifting the cover 2 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller The fuse puller is located in the passenger com partment fuse box If the fuse is open A replace it with a new fuse B Spare fuses are

Nissan Z33-D Paint Sprayer User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents